TheGrandTacticsofChessanExpositionoftheLawsandPrinciplesofChessStrategeticsthePr 10018572

GR AN D T AC T I C S OF C HE S S
AN P
E X O SITI O N OF
T HE L AW S A ND PR I N C I P L E S O F C H E SS
ST R A T E G E T I C S
T HE PRA C T I CA L APPLI CA TI O N O F THE SE LA W S AN D PRINCI

PLE S T O T HE MO VE M EN T O F FO RC E S M O BILIZAT IO N :
D EVELO PM EN T M A N(E UVRE AN D O PE RA T I O N

, ,
FRA N K L I N K YO UN G
.
AUTHO R OF
“
THE MI N R T C TI C
O A S OF CH E SS
B OSTON
RO BERTS BRO T HE RS
1898
C opyri g h t , 1 8 9 7,
BY F RA NKL I N K . YO U N G .
A ll ri g h ts re s erve d .
fin ih ersi tg lam a
JO HN W IL N
SO A ND SO N , C A M RID
B GE , U S A
. . .
PR E FA CE .
N this v o l um e is presented a complete system of

chess pl ay -
.
T h i s system is deduced from the pl a y of the gre a ter

M asters ; a n d those processes by w hich they g ained
their renown a re herein formul ated and put into lan
gu a ge for the first time .
The princi p les which govern these processes are s i m

ple an d cle a rly st ated These comprehend every S itu a
.
tion possible on the chess bo ard and g i ven t h e p o i n t s

~
, ,
o cc u i e d b
p y t h e o
pp o si n
g k i n
g s then the
,
proper pos i
tions for the rem aining pieces a re re a dily depicted by
the student w ho h as m astered this theory .
The chess player w ill find this volume a comp a ss

-
,
w hich at every move points the true course The the .
orist will find it a touchstone whereby the most subtle

sophistry m ay be detected and the a n alyst m ay,
“
come to underst and fro m its p ages why the house of

c a rds he s o l a boriously constructs is inv a ri ably a n d
”
w ith e a se demolished by the pl ayer across t h e bo ard .
BO S T N
O ,
189 7.
469 8 4
CONTENTS .
IN T R O DUC T O R Y
C H E S S S T R A T E G E T IC S
B i c L aw
as
S tr t e gy D e fin i t i on of
a ,
T ac ti c s,
Mi nor T t i c D e fin i t i o of
ac s, n
M j or T ac t i c
a s,
G r n d T c ti
a a c s,
L ogi t i c D fin i t i on f
s s, e o
L e e r L o gi t i c D finit i o of
ss s s, e n
G r e at e r L ogi ti s c s,
F U N D A M E N T A L PR I N CI P L E S
G r a n d L w of Str t e g y
a a
T c ti c s a
M i nor T ac ti c s
M j or T ac t i c a s
G n d T c ti c ra a s
L ogi t i c s s
L r L ogi ti c e s se s s
G r t r L ogi ti c ea e s s
T H E S T R A T E C E T I C PL A N E
T h e T o p o gra ph i c l Z on e a
T h e Ki n dr d H y poth t i c al Z on e
e e
Th e A dv e r se
T h e S tr t e g e t i C e ntr e
a c
R r ea
Righ t Fl n k a
viii CONT E N TS .
T H E ST R A T E G E T IC P L A N E ( C o t i u d) n n e .
T h S tr t g ti L e ft Fl a k
e a e e c n
T h L ogi t i H orizon
e s c
T h e S tr t e g ti c O b j e c ti ve ( S in g l F ront)
a e e .
( D o ub le F r o nt)
T h e P ri me S tr t e g e ti c P oint a
T h e O b j t i v e Pl n e
ec a
ST RA EG T I C E N T I R E T I S
T E E
T h K in dr d D e t e r min t e F or c
e e a e
T h A dv r
e e se
T h K in dr d H y poth t i c al F or c
e e e e
T h A dv r
e e se
ST R A TEG E T IC W A KN S S S E E E
Cl ass I .
( S c hi fie rs vs . T sc h i gi )or n
II .
( B i d r G n b e rg )
vs . a s
III .
( Pi ll b u ry v S
s t initz ) s. e
IV .
( Gun sb e r
g vs . B lac k b ur n e )
V .
( Z uk e rt o rt vs . St i n i tz )
e
VI .
( Z uk e rt o rt vs . S t initz )
e
VI I .
( W e i ss vs . B i a rd )
ST R A T E G E T IC L I N E S O F M O V E M E N T
L in e of M ob iliz tion
s a
D v e l o p m nt e e
M a n muv r e
r ti on O pe a
ILL U S T R A T I V E GA M E S
‘
I D l Bo ur donn i
. e M Do
a a s vs .
’
n n e ll
I I A nd r. n D ufr e n e s se vs . s e
III M D . ll
’
A m t ur on n e vs . a e
IV A nd r n . Ki i t sk i
e s se vs . e se r z
V M or ph y Bir d
. vs .
VI Mor ph y B rn
. vs . a es
GR A N D T A C T IC S .
-
THE PR I M E S T R A T E GE T IC P O I N T
By t h R igh te
L e ft
C ON TE N TS .
ix
PA GE
T HE PR I M E S T R A T E G E T IC P O I N T ( C o n ti n ue d
) .
By t h Righ t Re fu ed
e s
C e ntr e
O B J EC T I V E P L A N E S
C l a ss A
cc
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
ST R A T E G IC F R O N T S O F O P E R A T I O N
S ingle F ront b y t h e R igh t
cc cc
L e ft cc
0
D o ub l F ront b y t h e R ig h t
e
cc cc
L ft cc
e
Mi nor Str at e gi c F ront

M j or
a
Gr n d a
S U PP L E M E N T A R Y F O R M A T I O N S
M inor C roc h e t
M j or
a
E A pp ui
n
F ront A li gn e d
D o ub l A l ign m nt
e e
C ro h t A li gn e d
c e
E n intce e
E Pot e n
n ce
E h e l on
c
S up port d E e n
F i n c h tto
a e
L INE S O F M O B ILI Z A T I O N
By t h R i gh t
e
L ft e
Righ t R fu e d e s
L e ft
X C ON T E N T S .
S YM B O L S AND BB R E V I A T I O N S
A
M I N O R R I G H T O B L I Q UE
C E N T R E E N CEI N T E
L E F T O B L I Q UE
R E F U S ED
R I G H T O B L I Q UE R E F U S ED
L I N E S O F D E V L O PM E N T
E
M A J O R R I G H T O B L I Q UE
E N CEI N T E
O B L I Q UE R E F U S ED
R E F US E D
E N CEI N T E R E F U S D E
GR A N D R I G H T O B L I Q UE
R I G H T O B L I Q UE R E F U S ED
L E F T O B L I Q UE R E F U S ED
L E SS E R L O GIS T IC S .
QR P
Q KT P
QB P
Q P
K P
KBP
K KT P
KRP
K KT ( W h i t ) e
( Bl k ) ac
Q K ( W h it )
T e
( B l k )
ac
K B (W h it ) e
( B l k )
ac
QB ( W h it ) e
( B l k)
ac
K R (W h i t ) e
( B l k )
ac
Q R ( W h it ) e
( Bl k ) ac
C ON T E N T S . Xi
LO G I S T IC S OF T HE Q ( W h it e )
( B lac k )
L I NES OF M A N <E U R E V
S i m ple ( Yo u ng vs W a re ) .
C o mpo u n d ( Yo u ng vs F i sk e ) .
C o m p le x ( Yo ung vs F e lln ar ) .
L I NES OF OP E RA T IO N
S tr t gi
a e c
a ( o ung
Y vs . K l y) e se
b vs . P nin ) a .
c vs . H ill)
d vs . K uf m nn )
a a
e vs . H r lo w )
a
T ac ti l
ca
a ( Yo un g vs . W are)
b vs . ton d S
S e an a ul se n
)
c vs . W r ) a e
d vs . H r lo w )
a
e vs . S rg nt )
a e
o t
L gi s i c
a
( Yo un g vs . W a e r )
b vs . M k nz iac e e )
C vs . O rd ) e
d vs . W re ) a
e vs . Saul se n )
GR E A T E R L O GIS T IC S .
WH I T E S F I R S T M O V E
’
BLA C K S F I R S T M O VE
’
WH I T E S S EC O N D M O V E
’
B L A C K S S EC O N D M O V E
’
W H I E S T HIR D M O VE
T
’
BL A C K S T H I R D M O V E
’
W HI T E S FO URT H M O V
’
E
T HE P R I M E S R A E G E T IC PO I N T T T
O B J EC T I V E P L A N S E
S T R A T E G IC F R O N T S
T HE S T R A T E G E T IC O B J EC T I V E
xii C ON T E N T S .
LO G I T IC S
S OF S U PP L M E T R Y F O R M A T I O N S
E N A
O P E N F I L S O PE N D I A G O N L S
E ,
A ,
A ND PO IN TS
O FF S I VE EN
L I ES O
N M O VE ME N T F
T HE S T R A T G E I C H O R I O N E T Z
THE C HE S S PLA Y E R S E PI TO M E
’
A PPE N D IX .
ILL U S T R A T I V E GA ME S
1 . Yo ung vs . Pi ll sb u ry
2 . vs . W r a e an d S ton e
3 . vs . L ow e
vs . S no w
an d B ur i lle vs . W ar e an d S no w
vs . Sanfor d
vs . S no w
vs . R i h r d on
c a s
vs . S no w
vs . D or é
vs . S no w
vs . C ummi ng s
vs . B uri l le
vs . M i c h a e li s
“0
vs . w r
S a ye
vs . W r a e
vs . B uri lle
vs . R i c h a r ds on
vs . W are
an d W a re vs . B uri lle
an d S ton e vs . B uri lle
vs . M ac k e nzi e
an d W r a e vs . Z uk e rt o rt
vs . S t initz
e
vs . W r a e
vs . Pi ll b ury
s
T HE M O D EL GA M E .
THE MO DE L GA ME (C P . . Mor ph y vs . Ju d g e A . B . M e ek ) 451

I N T R O D UC T O R Y .
L O NG ago w hen you w ere

, little fello w not yet in your
a
teens a n d fonder by fa r Of the fields and the daisies

,
th a n of school books a n d the school room little did

- -
,
you think in your r a mbles b y hill an d by d ale to

, ,
se a rch for the spring from whence flows all human

kno wledge .
S t ill less did it occur to yo u during your infrequen t ,
a n d oft times involunt a ry a ttend a nce a t the loc a l em

-
o ri um of le a rnin g to ma ke such inquiry of t h e vill a ge

p ,
p ed a gogue .
H a d you done so it is prob a ble th at he w ould h ave

,
answered your query in some such way as thi s

f My b o y all human knowledge is derived from e x pe
‘
,
r i e n c e — either from your own or from th a t O f others

”
.
Then w ith a severe gl ance an d a reproving inflection in

,
his voice he might have continued : P erson al e x pe ri

,
“
ence is a h a rd school but fools will le a rn in no other

,
.
”
This of c o urs e i s im p olite on his pa rt an d a s he is a

, , , ,
grown m an an d you a re but a sm all boy the ensuing ,
S itu ation i s for you one of emb a rr a ssment

, ,
.
It wo uld h a ve been kinder h a d he made a s p ecific

illustr a tion without by implic ation including your mi
, ,
nute person ality in the demonstr a tion .
F o r inst a nce he might h a ve told you that from t h e

,
experiences of p a st generations are derived those facts

xiv IN T R OD UC T O R Y .
upon w hich is f ounded all human kno w ledge an d th at ,
e ach complete series of such f a cts properly cl a ssified ,
an d arr a nged constitute wh a t is termed a sci e nce

, .
To m a ke this cle a r to you he might h a ve further ex ,

.
pl ained th at S tra tegetics is the n a me given to the s c ience

of war to distinguish it fro m a l l other sciences ; th a t
,
the science of S tr ategetics is m a de up of t h e c l as s i fic a

tion an d system a tic a rr angement of f a cts derived fro m
the experiences of the gre ater milit a ry comm anders
— C yrus E p aminond a s Alex a nder H a nnib al C aes a r
, , , , ,
Juli a n Belis a rius Timour G ustavus Adolphus

, ,
Tu , ,
renne C ond éE ugene Frederick W ashington N apo

, , , , ,
leon an d V on Moltke ; an d th a t the knowledge thus

a cquired te a ches ho w in a n y situation one or more
, ,
bo dies O f men m ay a ccomplish the overthrow of one or

more opposing bodies of men by means of the occup a
tion of specific p oi n t s by specific f o rces in S peci fic , ,
t i m es .
N ow it is not unre a son able to a ssume th at the ven

,
e rab l e ped a gogue pl ayed chess or even th at he was ,
a p l ayer of skill a n d possibly of reno w n

,
In such a ,
.
c a se he well might continue a little further an d tell ,
you ,
W hen the forementioned bodies of men a re re pre

sented by bits O f bone or by wooden a utom a t a known a s
chessmen when the surf a ce of the chess bo a rd t akes
,
-
the pl a ce of a m ap, or of a n exp anse of a ctu al country ,
when the calcul ation contempl ates the occupation of

specific p o i n t s on t h e chess bo a rd by S p ecific ch e ss f o rc es
-
in specific t i mes a n d when the term ch—ess p lfl i s s ub st i

,
-
t ut e d f o r the term w a f a r e then th at CH SS k nowledge

E
r , ,
derived from the e xp eriences of t h e gre ater chess m a s

.
ters an d wh i c lr, so fa r a s it is te a ch able is c ont ained i n ,
a systematic classification of f a cts logically deduced fro m

IN TR OD UC T OR Y .
xv
the chess game s of Ph i l i do r D esch a pelles D e la Bour
, ,
donn a is M D o n n e ll C ochr a ne S ta unton Sze n Anders

,
’
, , , ,
se n,
P etro ff Boden LOwe n t h al H a r wi t z Jae n i s c h
, , , , ,
Klin g St a mm a G reco M ayet Gulli m Kassim H e y

, , , , ,
de b ra n t V on B i l g ue r P a ulsen Ko l i s c h Zuk e rt o rt a n d
, , , ,
Morphy and upon w hich is based that consider ation

,
of numbers loc alities a n d dist a nces w hereby in a given

, ,
sit uation one or more bodies O f chessmen m ay aecom

,
pl i s h the overt h ro w of one or more opposing b odies of

chessmen is termed in this theory an d it is believed
—
,
w ith entire propriety the S c i en ce of Ch e ss S t r a t eg e t i c s

, .
THE GR A N D TA CT IC S OF C HE S S .
THE G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
tive of and designates the proper direction to be given

,
to lines of Mobiliz a tion D evelopment M a n oeuvre an d , , ,
O per ation .
T a c t i c s i s th a t branch of t h e science of C hess

S tra tegetics w hich tre at s of the re lati vg w
forces .
It defines those processes whereby a given integer of

force m ay p roperly c o oper ate w ith or be opposed to a n y
-
other integer of force T a ctics is divided into three .
prim a ry cl a sses
I . MIN O R T A C TI CS .
II . M A JO R T A C T I C S .
III . G R AND T A C TI C S .
M i n or T a c t i c s treats of the proper construction of

P rim a ry B a ses .
M aj or treats of the evolutions a p p ert aining to

Ta c t i c s
a n y g iven integer O f chess force when a cting either
a lone or in c o oper a tion with a kindred integer a g ainst

-
an y given a dverse inte g er of chess force the l atter ,
a cting alone or in combin ation with an y other of its

,
kindred integers .
Gr a n d T a c t i c s treats of the v a lues of objective pl a nes ;

of the construction of strategic fronts of the locating of ,
the P rime S tr a tegetic P oint an d of the ex p loit ation ,
of lines of Mobiliz ation D evelopment Man oeuvre a n d , , ,
O p eration .
L og i s t i c s is that br a nch O f the science of C hess S tr ate

getics which treats O f the movement of forces from a
given point to any other point L o gistics i s divided .
into t w o prim a ry classes

I . L E SSE R L O GI STI C S .
II . GREATER L O GI STI C S .
CH E S S S TR A T E GE TI C S
’
. 5
L e s s e r L og i s t i c s treats of those movements of forces

w hich a re conta ined in lines of Mobil i z a tion an d in lines
O f D evelopment .
Gr e a t e r L og i s t i c s treats of those movements of forces

which a re contained in lines o f Man oe uvre and in lines of
O peration .
F U N D A M E N T AL P R I N C IP L E S
OF THE
S C IE N C E O F CH E S S S T R A T E GE T I C S .
G r an d L aw o fAlw ays a force

S t ra t e gy .
— .
Loq
oppose
'
a
united an d thus c ap a ble of putting forth its m aximum

,
power for o ffence an d for defence to an adverse force ,
disunited a n d thus inc a pable of putting forth its maxi

,
mum power for offence and for defence .
G rand L w f T a ti o The force exerted by a given

ac cs .
piece a g ainst a given point is equal to the force exerted

by a n y other piece a g a inst the s a me point ; but the
force exerted by t w o or more pieces is greatest at that
point where their radii O ffensive intersect .
G d L
r an w f Mi
a T o t i s — W henever in the de
n or ac c ,
ployment O f opposin g forces a form ation is adopted by ,
o n e pl ayer which properly belongs to the other player ,
the incident is f a vor able to Bl a ck .
G d L w
ra n f M j
a To ti — The o ffensive force
a or ac cs .
of a given piece is v alid at a n y point a g ainst which it is

directed ; but the defensive force O f a given piece is
v alid for t h e support of only one point except w hen the ,
points required to be defended a re al l conta ined in the

perimeter O f that geometric fi g ure w hich appertains to
the supportin g piece .
8 TH E GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
G r an d L a w o f G ra n d T a c t i c s .
— Al ways act on a line
of O per a tions w hen it exists . O ther w ise a l w ays
, ac t o n
a line of M a n oe uvre .
G ra n d L aw o fAll the pieces move in

L o gi s t i c s .
—
str aight lines from one point to a no t her point w ithin

the S trategetic Pl ane an d their lines O f movement
,
t a ke the form of verticals horizont als diagonals a n d , ,
O bliques .
G d L w
ra n f L
a oL gi t i — W hen exploiting a
esser o s cs .
line of Mobiliz ation or a line of D evelopment S O deploy ,
or develop th at e a ch p aw n an d piece m ay re a ch i t s
proper post in the minimum number of moves an d ,
w ithout obstructin g the movement O f any other kindred

p a w n or p iece .
G d L w
ra n f Ga to L gi t i W hen acting on a
re a er o s cs .
-
line of O p erations no movement should be considered

w hose outcome c annot be m a them a tic a lly demonstrated
and when a cting o n a line of M an oeuvre th a t movement ,
a lw ays i s to be selected which combines with the m a
n oe uv re either a dep l oyment or a development .

T H E S T R A T EGE TI C P L A N E .
The S tr ategetic P l a ne is th a t surface within w hose

l imits a re cont ained all the forces a n d upon which a re
,
executed all the movements th a t a re comprehended in

,
a g a me of chess .
Its s alient ch a racteris t ics are the following

Th e Top og r ap h i c a l Z o n e i s th a t p a rt of the the a tre
of conflict which is in V ie w of the contestants an d is ,
known as the m aterial or V isible chess bo a rd .
T HE TO P O GR A PH I CA L Z O NE .
FIG . 1 .
( Wh i te )
12 THE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
KIND R E D HY P O T HE T I CA L Z O NE .
Bl ac k .
FIG . 4 .
A A A A
A) H H
CH E S S S TRA T E GE T I CS .
13
T h e A dv e rs e Hyp o t h e t i c a l Z o n e is th a t invisible p art

of the the atre of conflict which a p pert a ins to the oppo
nent and within which i s cont a ined al l the forces an d
,
executed all t h e movements incident to the m ateri aliz a

'
tion of the Adverse Hypothetic al F orce .
T h e S t r a t eg e t i c Ce n t r e of a given position is th a t cen

tr al di a gon al which extends in the direction of the o b j e c
tive pl ane an d divides the topo g r aphic al zone into two
,
e qu al p a rts .
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C CE NT R E .
B y t h Ri g h t
e .
FIG . 5 .
( Bl ac k .
14 THE GRA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C C E N T R E .
By t he L ft e .
FIG . 6 .
Wh i t e )
.
CH E S S S T RA T E GE T I CS .
15
Th e S t ra t eg e t i c R e a r cf Wh i t e is the first horizontal .
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C RE A R .
Wh it e .
FIG . 7 .
( Wh i te ).
16 THE GR A N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
Th e S t r a t eg e t i c R e a r f
o B la c k is the eighth horizontal .
T HE S T R A T E GE T I C REA R .
Bl ack .
FIG . 8 .
( Blac k )
CH E S S S TRA TE CE TI CS . 17.
Th e S t ra t eg e t i c R ig h t F la n k is the l ateral extre m ity

Of the King s S ide
’
.
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C R IG HT FL A NK .
FIG . 9 .
W h i te )
.
18 THE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
Th e S t ra t eg e t i c L ef t F lan k is the lateral extremity Of

the Queen s side’
.
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C LEFT
FI G . 10 .
(B l ac k )
( Wh it e )
20 T HE G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
T HE ST R A T E GE T I C O B JE C T I VE .
S in g l e F ront by t h e Le ft .
FIG . 12 .
( B la c k )
.
( W h i te .
CH E S S S T R A T E GE TI CS .
21
Th e S t ra t eg e t i c Obj in a double front of opera

ec ti ve
tions is th a t point which i s situated at the a ngle formed

b y the union of the m ajor crochet wi t h the ri ght o r
left O blique .
D o ub l e F ront by th e Ri g h t .
FIG . 13 .
( W h i te)
22 TH E G RA N D TA C TI CS or CH E S S .
D o ub l e F ront b y th e Le ft .
FIG . 14 .
(B loc k )
Wh i te )
.
CH E S S S TR A T E GE TI CS . 23
is th a t point in the
Th e P ri me S t r a t eg e t i c P o i n t
t opo g raphical zone w hich at a g iven time i s occupied
by the kindred kin g .
PR I ME ST R A T E GE T I C P O INT .
N or m l p o ition
a s Wh it e .
FIG . 15 .
(Bl ac k .
Wh i t e )
.
PR I M E ST R A T E GE T I C P O IN T .
N or m l p o ition
a s Bl ack .
FIG . 16 .
(B l a c k )
( Wh i te )
CH E S S S TRA T E GE T I CS .
25
Th e Obj e ct i ve composed of the point o c c u

P la n e i s
pied by the adverse king together with the i mm e di
,
ately adj a cent points ( C f Minor T a ctics p

. .
, .
T HE O B JE C T I VE P L A N E .
N or m l p o ition
a s Wh it e .
FIG . 17 .
(B l ac k )
.
26 THE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
T HE O B JE C T IV E PL A NE .
N orm l p o ition
a s Bl ack .
FIG . 18 .
(B lac k )
KI ND R E D D ET ERMI NA T E FOR CE .
N or m l p o ition
a s Bl ack .
FIG . 20 .
(B l a c k .
CH E S S S T R A T E GE TI CS . 29
is composed O f those
T h e A dve r s e D e t e r mi n a t e F o r c e
pieces belonging to the opponent which at the given
time are cont ained w ithin the to p ogr ap h ic al zone .
A D VE R S E D E T E RM I NA T E FOR CE .
Wh it e .
FIG . 21 .
(Bl a c k .
W h i te ) .
A D VE R SE F O R CE .
Bl ac k .
FI G . 22 .
(B lac k )
Wh i t e )
.
CH E S S S T R A T E GE T I C S . 31
is that accession O f
T h e K i n dr e d H yp o t h e t i c a l F or c e
force possible to a given player through the promotion
of one or more pa w ns w hich at the given time are con
,
t a i n e d w ithin the topo g raphical zone .
KIN D RE D H YP O T HE T I CAL FOR CE .
W h it e .
FI G 2 3
. .
E E E G E E E G
KI ND R E D H Y P O T H E T I C A L FOR CE .
Bl ack .
FIG . 24 .
(B l a c k )
.
W h i te )
.
Th e A d Hypo t h e t i c a l F o r c e is that accession Of

v
e r se
S T R A T EGE TI C WEAK N E SS E S .
A S t ra t eg e t i c exists in a given position

We a kn e ss ,
when by viol a tion of the principle s of M ajor T a ctics t wo

or more p ortions of the given force a re exposed to be
S imult a neousl y a tt a cked at a time when they c a nnot be
S imult a neously defended ; or when by viol a tion O f the
principles of Gr a nd T a ctics an improper str a tegic
front i s selected or the pro p er str ategic front is i m
,
properly constructed o r when the P rime S tr ategetic

,
P oint i s impro p erly loc ated or w h en the King together

,
with one or more portions O f the given force or o n e or

,
more points in the L ogistic H orizon a re exposed to be

,
simultaneously a tta cked a t a time when they c annot be

S imultaneously defended .
S tr ategetic we aknesses are divided into seven cl asses

C L A SSI cont ains those str a tegetic we aknesses pro
.
duc e d by the P rime S tr a tegetic POi n t being O pen a n d

exposed to the a tt a ck of hostile p ieces .
T SC H I GO R I N .
Bl ac k to p l y
a an d wi n .
Th is position occurred in a mat c h g ame

1 8 96 .
havin g to m o ve played P
T sc h i g o ri n , , Q Kt 3 and ,
ultimately the game w as dra w n .
The correct pl ay is as f ollo w s

WHI T E. B L CK
A .
1 . R R 8 (ck) .
2 . Kt X R . 2 . B R 7 ( ck) .
3 . KXB . 3 . R
4 .
-
Kt 3 . 4 . Kt B 4 ( ck) .
5 . moves . 5 . R—R 5 ck
( ) .
C h e ck ma te .
III cont ains those str a tegetic w e aknesses pro

C L ASS .
duc e d by the exposure of the P rime S tr a tegetic P oint

a n d one or more p a rts of the kindred force to be S imul ,
t a n e o us ly att a cked at a time when they c annot be simul

t an e o us ly defended .
S T INI T
E Z .
P I LL B U R Y
S .
Wh it to p l y
e a an d w in .
This po si t i o n o c c urre d in the S t P etersbur g Master s

‘
.
’
Tourn ament 1 8 9 5, .
W hite havi n g to move pl ayed P Q 5 and ultimately

, , ,
the game was dr aw n .
The correct pl ay is as follows

CH E S S S TR A T E GE T I CS .
37
WH I T E . B L CK
A .
1 . Kt 1 . K — B l ( best ) .
2 . Kt X R P ( ck ) an d wins .
If Bl a ck p l ay s , 1 . K R 1 .
— K R 5
2 .
Q . 2 . P
3 . Kt . 3 . R t .
4 .
Q X B P win s an d .
I f 2 P X K t W h i t e win s by 3 Q — R 6 K t — K t 3 ; 4 R X
.
, .
, .
K t d ma t es e x t move
an n .
C L A SS I V cont ains those str a tegetic w e aknesses pro

.
du c e d by the exposure O f the P rime S tr a tegetic P oint

a n d one or more points on the L ogistic H orizon to be
,
S im ult aneously a tt a cked at a time when they c annot

be simult aneously defe n ded .
B L A C K B UR N E .
This position occurred in a m atch g a me in 1 8 8 7 .
Bl a ck h aving to p l ay m a n oeuvred to combine a p awn

, ,
a dv a nt a ge on the Queen s side with a n exposed O b j e c

’
tive pl ane an d moved R x Q R P W hite re p lied

,
R .
,
a n d Bl a ck p l ayed Q x Kt P (ck ) G un s b e rg now inste a d

.
,
of winning by Kt Q 2 moved K K 2 an d ultim a tely

.
, ,
the g a me w as dr a wn .
—
After Kt Q 2 if Q x R then Q x R ( ck ) K x Q ;
, , ,
Kt R 5 ( ck ) a n d W hite is a R a he a d
,
.
C L A SS V cont ains those stra tegetic w e aknesses pro

.
duc e d by the ex p osure O f the L ogistic Horizon a n d one

or more portions of the kindred force to S imult a neous
a tt a ck at a time when they c a nnot be S imult a neously
defended .
S T I N IT
E Z .
CH E S S S T RA T E G E T I CS . 39
This position occurred in the m atch of 1 8 8 6 .
Bl a ck h aving the move pl ayed P x P a n d ultimately

, , ,
W hite w on the g a me .
The correct pl ay is as follo w s

WH I T E . B L CK A .
1 . B — Q R4 .
2 . P x P . 2 . E x B .
— Kt 1
3 . P x B . 3 . R ( R 1 ) Q .
4 . P x P . 4 . P x P .
5 .
Q —
Q L 5 .
O _
RB A
And Bl ack wins by 6 R x P or 6 Kt 7 , R .
C L A SS V I cont ains those str a tegetic w e a knesses pro

.
duc e d b y the exposure of two or more portions of the

kindred force to be simult aneously a ttacked at a time
,
when they c annot be simult aneously defended

‘
.
S T I N IT
E Z .
Z UK E R T O R T .
Wh it to p l y
e a an d w in .
40 T HE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
This position occurred in a m atch g a me pl ayed in

1 8 86 .
h aving to move pl ayed Kt ( Q 4 ) —

Z uk e r t o rt , ,
Kt 5 ,
a n d ultim a tely the g a me w as dr a wn .
The correct pl ay is a s follo w s

WHIT E . B L CK A .
1 . Kt . 1 . R X R ( ck ) .
— Kt 5 Kt 3
3 . B Q . 3 .
Q — .
4 . B >< K t . 4 . R X B .
5 . K t Q R 4 a n d t h e B l a ck K t a t Q B 4 is lo s t .
C L A SS V II cont a ins those str ategetic we aknesses pro

.
duc e d by the exposure of two or more points on the

L ogistic H orizon to be simult a neously a tt a cked at a
,
time when t h e v c annot be S imult a neously defended .
B I RD A .
W I E SS .
Wh it to m ov
e e .
CH E S S S T RA T E G E T I CS . 41
This position occurred at the S ixth Americ an C hess

C ongress 1 8 8 9
, .
W hite h aving to move pl ayed P

, Q Kt 7 a n d ulti
, ,
m ately the g a me w a s dr a wn .
The correct p l ay is a s follows

WH IT E . B L CK
A
Kt — Q B 4 . K
Kt K— B G .
Kt X P . K — Kt 7 .
P — Kt 4 . K X P .
P — Kt 5 . K — Kt 8 .
P — Kt 6 . P— R 7 .
P — Kt 7 . P
P — Kt 8 ( Q ck ) . K— B 7 .
Q — K t 3 (ck ) . K— B 8 .
K— Q 2
And W h ite
S T R A T EGE TI C L IN E S OF M O VE M E NT .
A S trate g etic L ine of Movement is composed of those

processes whereby a g iven determinate for c e is properly
mobilized developed m an oeuvred or operated
, , ,
.
S tr a tegetic Lines of Movem ent are divided i nto f our

cl asses
. I L INES O F MO BIL I Z AT I O N
.
. II L I NE S O F D EVE L O PM ENT
.
.III L INE S O F MA NCE UVRE .
.I V L I NE S O F OPERAT I O N
.
A Line O f Mobiliz a tion is compos ed of those move

ments whereby al l the p a wns a n d pieces a re deployed
into a given prim ary b a se the l atter being situated on
,
the proper minor strate g ic front .

LI NE S Z
O F M O BI LI A T I O N .
M inor F ront b y t he L fte .
FI G 2 6
. .
S TRA T E GE T I C LI N E S OF M O VE M E N T
. 45
LI NE S O F M O B IL I A T I O Z N .
M inor F ront by t h Ri g h t R f u
e e se d .
F IG . 27 .
( Blac k )
46 TH E GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
L INE S O F M O B IL I A T I O N Z .
Mi nor F ront by t h e Le ft R f u
e se d .
W h i te )
.
S TRA T E G E T I C LI NE S OF M O VE M E N T . 47
LINE S O F M O B IL I A T I O Z N .
Mi nor F ront by t h e Le ft R f u e se d .
(C o unt e r A tt ac k .
)
FIG 29 . .
(Bl a c k ) .
( W h i t e)
A L ine of D evelopment i s composed of those move

ments whereby the prim a ry b a se i s developed alon g the
proper m ajor or grand strategic front .
LI NE S O F D E VE L O M E P NT .
Wh it e .
— Ma j or F ront by t h Ri g h t
e .
Bl ac k . — M a j or F ront by t h e Le ft R f u
e se d
.
FIG . 30 .
(B la c k )
W h i te )
.
S TR A T E GE T I C LI N E S O F M O VE M E N T .
49
LI NE S O F D E VE L O M E P NT .
W hi t e .
—M a j or F ront by t h e Le ft .
Bl ac k . M aj or F ront by t h Ri g h t R f u e d
e e s .
FI G . 31 .
(Blac k ) .
Wh i t e )
.
50 THE GRAN D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
L IN E S O F D E VE L O PME NT .
G r n d F ront by t h
a e Le ft .
FIG . 32 .
( Wh i t e )
52 T HE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
L INE S O F D E VE L O M E P NT .
W h it e . r n d F ront by t h Ri g h t
G a e .
Bl ac k . G r n d F ront by t h
a e Le ft R f u
e s e d.
FIG . 34 .
(Bl ack )
S T RA T E GE T I C LI N E S OF M O VE M E N T
. 53
A L ine of M an oeuvre i s composed of those movements

w hereby a given force unless prevented w ill est ablish
, ,
itself a t a g iven point a n d at a given time as the greater

force.
L IN E S O F M A N (E UV R E .
o bini g t h D p l oy m nt of P w n )
(C m n e e e a a .
FI G . 35 .
(Blac k .
Wh i te ) .
N O TE .In this situ ation W hite havin g the move de , ,
ploys P — K B 4 This paw n no w occupies its proper

.
post on the line of mobilization and throws Black on ,
the defensive by t h e thre at to a dv ance to K B 5 which , ,
all else bein g equ al would give W hite a winnin g posi

,
54 T HE G RA N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
tion C onsequently the point K B 4 is the common

.
obj ective both of the line of mobiliz ation and of the

line of m an oeuvre .
If Bl ack h as the move he deploys P Q R 4 This

,
.
p a wn now occupies its proper post on the line of mobili

zat i o n,
a n d throws W hite on the defensive by the thre a t
to su p port the a dv a nce of the bl a ck Q Kt P to Q Kt 5 ,
which all else being equ al would give Bl a ck a decided

, ,
a dv a nt a ge in position C onsequently the point Q R 4 is

.
the common O bjective both of the line of mobiliz ation

an d of the line of m a noe uvre .
L I NE S O F M A N ( E UV R E .
( C o mbinin g th e D e v e l o p m e nt of a P wn )
a .
FIG . 36 .
(B l ac k )
S T RA T E GE T I C L I N E S O F M O VE M E N T . 55
NO TE . W hite ,h aving to move m ay dislodge by ,
P — K5 the bl a ck Kt from K B 3 an d es t a blish the

m ajor front b y the right Thus the point K 5 is the
.
,
common O bjective both of the line of development a n d of

the line of m a n oeuvre a n d a ll else being equ a l its ocen
, , ,
t i o n by the white K P will incre a se the a dv a nt a ge in

pa
position which W hite a lre a dy possesses by est ablishing

the m ajor fron t by the right an d throwin g Black on
str ategetic defensive .
LI NE S O F M A N CE UV R E .
o binin g t h D p l oy m nt of Pi
(C m e e e a ece .
)
FIG . 37 .
(B l a c h .
N O T E — W hite ,
. h a vin g to move castles K R thro w i ng
, ,
Bl a ck on the t a ctical defensive by the thre a t to continue

w ith either K B or K R t akes Black s K B P ( ck ) w hich ’
, ,
a ll else bein g equ a l ,

w o uld w in the game The poin t .
K B 1 th us i s the common o b jective both of the line of

mobilization and of the line of man oe uvre .
L INE S O F M A N (E UVR E .
( o bini
C m ng th e D e v e l o p m e nt of a Pi e ce .
)
FI G . 38 .
( Wh i t e )
NOTE . W hite ,
having the move plays Kt K Kt 5 , ,
w hich throws Bl a ck O n the d e f ensive by the threat to

continue either w ith Kt B or R takes Bl a ck s K B P
, ,
’
,
S T R A T E GE T I C L I N E S OF M o VE M E N T . 57
w hich all else being equal w ould w in the game

, , . Con
sequently t h e poin t K Kt 5 is the common O bjective both
of the line of development and of t h e line of m a n oeuvre .
A Line of O per a tions is composed of t h ose movements

whereby a g reater force overcomes a l esser force .
L INE S O F O PE RA T I O N S .
(Str a t e gi c )
FI G . 39 .
W h i te ) .
Wh it to m ov
e e an d w in .
N O TE — W hite
. havi n g the move p l ays 1 Q Q 5 ( ck ) ;
, ,
the black K c annot enter the O bjective pl ane K B 1 on

account of W hite m a ting with Q K B 7 ( ck ) and is
—
,
compelled to retire to K R 1 The wh ite Kt then checks

.
a t K B 7 an d upon Black pl ayi n g K

,
K Kt 1 the Kt ,
a g a in checks a t K R 6 a lso disclosing check from the

,
white Q The bl ack K a g ain is compelled to retire to

.
K R 1 wh e re upo n t h e white Q checks at K Kt 8

, .
The .
bl a ck R takes the Q an d then the w hite Kt m a tes at

,
KB7 .
In the l angu age of chess s tr ategetics the mobility of

the objective pl ane is 1 an d the v alue of the white r a dius
,
of O ffence is 1 ; an d these being equ al the O bjective plane ,
is comm a nded .
LI NE S OF O PE R A T I O NS .
(T ac ti c a l ) .
FIG . 40.
Wh it to mov
e e an d win .
60 THE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
In the lan g u a g e O f chess strategetics W hite occupies

the logistic horizon thus O pening communication w ith
the kindred hy p othetical force and en abling a portion
of the latter to enter the topo g raphical zone a n d effect
a junction w ith the kindred determin ate force the ,
united forces being the greater force as compared to

the adverse determinate force .
'
I LLUS T R AT I VE GA ME S . V
The immortal fiftieth battle C onnoisseurs hold that .
the ann als O f chess produce no higher flight o f g e nius

th a n the pl ay O f M D o n n e ll in this game ’
.
This g a me illustrates the m ajor right O blique re

fus e d b y Bl a ck combined w ith a line of m a n oe uvre
'
a gainst an O bjective plane located on the centre .
QUE E N S GA MB I T
’
.
DE LA BO U RD NN I
O A S . M D O N N EL L
’
.
1 . P— Q 4 . 1 . P— Q4
2 . P— QB 4 2 . P X P .
3 . P — K4 . 3 . P— K4 .
P— — K B4
Q 5 . 4 . P .
5 .
Q Kt — B 3 . 5 . K Kt — B 3 .
6 . KB X P . 6 . KB — B 4 .
7 . Kt — K B 3 . 7 .
—
Q K 2 .
8 . B — K Kt 5 . 8 .
9 . K— B s q . 9 . B — Kt 3 .
w Q —K 2 10 P — K B 5
q
. . .
11 . R — . 11 . B — K Kt 5 .
12 . P— Q 6 . w . P x R
13 . Kt — Q 5 . 13 . Kt t .
M B X Q 14 Kt
q
. .
15 . K— . 15 . K >< K t .
P x B . 22 . Kt — Q 5 .
B — B 4 . 23 . Kt P ( ) ck .
K — B 2 . 24 . Kt R .
25 . K — B 3 .
R 26 . K — Kt 3 .
R — Q Kt 7 . 27 .
P t . 28 . R >< P .
Q —
Q Kt s q . 29 . B — Kt 3 .
K— B 3 % . R —
Q B 6
—
Q Q R Q . 31 . Kt
K — Kt 4 . 32 . R — K Kt s q .
R x B . 33 . P x R .
K — R4 . 34 . K— B S .
—
Q K2 . 35 . R — K Kt 3 .
.
Q — K R5 . 36 . Kt — K 6 .
And W hite resigns .

I L L US T RA TI VE GA M E S .
63
I LL UST R A T I VE GA M E S
i
P o ition ft r W h it
s a e e s
’
12 t h M ov e .
F IG . 42 .
M D O NN E L L
’
.
DE LA BOU R D NN I O A S .
Bl ac k to m ov e .
Allo w ed by pro fic i e n t s g enerally to be the most bril

li ant E vans G a mbit ever pl ayed
’
.
It illustrates a line O f mobiliz a tion by t h e right com

b i n e d with a line of m a noeuvre a g ainst a n O bj ective
plane loc ated on the centre .
E VA N S ’
GA M B IT .
A ND R E SSE N . D U R N
F ES E .
P— K 4 . P —K 4 .
Kt — K B 3 . Kt — Q B 3 .
B— B 4 . B— B4 .
P— Q Kt 4 . B t P .
P— Q RS B — R4 .
P— Q 4 P X P .
C ast e l s . P— Os
—
Q Kt 3 .
—
O Bs
K5 — Kt 3
P Q
-
.
.
R -
K1 . K Kt — K 2 .
B— R3 .
Q x Kt P .
— R4
Q
—
Q Kt Q 2 .
Kt — K 4 .
KB X QR
Kt — B 6 ( ck) .
P x P .
Q R—
Q L
R X K t (c k ) .
Q X P ( ck ) :
B — B 5 ( dle ck ) .
B Q 7 ( ck )
_
-
.
B X K t (ck) .
C h eck mat e .
I L L US T R A T I VE GA M E S . 65
I LL UST R A T I VE GA M E S .
P o si tion ft r B l
a e a ck s
’
19 t h M ov e .
FI G . 43 .
D U R N
F ES E .
A ND R E S SE N .
Wh it to m ov
e e .
C onsidered by the critics the most brilli ant E vans ever

pl ayed a t the O dds of the Q Kt .
The pl ay illustr ates a line of mobilization by the

right combined with a li n e of m a n oeuvre a g ai n st the
,
O bjective pl a ne loc a ted on the K i ng s wing a n d not ’
covered by a Kt at K B 3 ‘
E VA N S GA M B I T
’
.
R em ov e Wh it e s
’
Qu n Kni g h t
ee
’
s .
M D O N N E LL
’
. A M T UR
A E .
P— K 4 .
Kt — K B 3 .
K B — B 4 .
P — Q Kt 4 .
P— QB 3 .
Ca stl e s .
—
Q Q B 2 .
B — Q R S .
P— Q4 .
KP x R
P X P
q
.
—
Q R . \
R X Kt .
Bx K B P ( ) ck .
Kt
Q x KRP ( )
ck .
C heck m ate .
68 THE G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
All authorities a g ree that this p a r t i e is the most b ril

liant game O f which there is any record .
It illustr ates a line O f mobilization by the ri g ht com ,
b i n e d w ith a line of m a n oeuvre a gainst an O bjective

plane loca t ed on the centre .
K IN GS ’
B I SH O P S G A MB I T
’
.
A ND R
E S SE N . KI E S E R I T Z K I .
P— K 4 . 1 . P—K 4 .
P — K B 4 . 2 . E x P .
B — Q P — Q Kt 4
O
B 4 . O .
B X Kt P . Q Q
K — B 1 Kt — K B S
I
. O .
Kt — K B 3 . Q .
Q — R 3
P Q 3 Kt — R 4
I
. K .
Kt — R 4 .
D
C . P— QB &
Kt — B 5 . 9 .
Q — Kt 4 .
P — K Kt 4 . 10 . Kt — K B 3 .
R — K Kt 1 . 11 . P x B .
P— K R 4 — Xt 3
. 12 .
Q .
P—R 5 . 13 .
Q — Kt 4 .
—B 3 Kt — K Kt l
Q 14 . .
E x P — B 3
. 15 .
Q . .
Kt — Q B 3 . 16
.
.
A B ,
— B 4 .
Kt — Q 5 . 17 .
Qt P .
B —Q 6 . 18 . E X R .
P— K 5 . 19 .
K — K2 . 20 . Kt — QR S .
Kt t P ( ck ) . 21 . K— Ql .
Q 22 . Kt .
B
Ch eck mate .
I LL US T R A T I VE GA M E S .
69
IL L UST RA T I V E GA M E S .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ack s
’
1 7t h m ov e .
FIG . 45 .
K I E SE R I T Z K I .
ND R N
A E SSE .
W h it to m ov
e e .
The following g a me is a ccepted gener ally as the most ,
brilli a nt of Morphy s m a sterpieces ’

.
It illustr ates the form a tion O f the m aj or r i ght O bl i que .
by Bl a ck.
P H IL I D O R S D E F E NC E
’
.
B I RD . M R P HY O
P—K4 .
s
i
- P— K 4 .
Kt — K B S . w P— Q 3 .
P— Qe o
c P KB4 .
-
Kt — B S .
s i P X KP .
Q K t x P . m P— Q 4 '
.
Kt — K t 3 .
n
g P— K o .
Kt — K 5 . d Kt — K B S .
B — K Kt 5 .
o
O B— Q 3 .
Kt — R 5 . 9 . Ca t s les .
— — K I
Q Q Q 10 .
Q .
P — K Kt 4 .
Kt t . 12 .
Q X Kt .
K t — K5 . 13 . Kt -
B 3 .
B — K 2 . 14 .
Q — R 6 .
Kt t . 15 . P t .
B — K3 . 16 . R — Kt l .
Ca t s l e s (Q R ) . N . R x BP .
B >< R —
. 18 .
Q QR 6 .
P— B 3 . w .
Q x R P .
P — Kt 4 . 20 .
Q
K—B 2 . 21 .
Q
K — Kt 2 . 22 . B t P .
P x B . 23 .
Q x R . 24 .
K—B 2 . 25 . P— K 6 .
B >< P . 26 . B
R— Q 3 27 .
Q
. K— Q2 28 .
Q
K— CL 29 .
Q
And W h ite re s ign e d .
I L L US T R A T I VE GA M E S .
71
IL L US T R A T I VE GA M E S .
s a e e s
’
l 6t h M ov e .
FIG . 46 .
MO R P HY .
B IRD .
Bl ack to m ov e .
Another o f Morphy s masterpieces This g ame illus ’

.
tr a tes the form ation O f the first supporting p a rallel by

Bl a ck an d the atta ck of the O bjective plane loc a ted on
the centre It O f course ranks as one o f the finest
.
, ,
g a mes ever played .
P H IL I D O R S D E F E N
’
CE .
BA R NE S . MO RP HY .
P—K4 . i . P K4 .
Kt — K B S . w . P— Q3 .
P— Q KB 4
o
4 . O . P .
-
P X KP BP xP
mP
P -.
.
Kt — Kt 5 . o .
_
Q L
P— K 6 B—B4
s
. g .
Kt — B 7 . qQ . B3 .
B -
KS .
o
O . P O5 .
B — K Kt 5
Kt . 10 .
Q x B .
B— B 4 . 11 . Kt — QB 3 .
Kt — B 7 . m QxP . .
R— B l . 13 . Kt — B 3 .
P—K B 3 . 14 . Kt — Q K t 5 .
Kt — R 3 . 15 . B >< K t .
B — Kt 3 . 19 . P Q 7 ( ck ) .
K — Kt l . 20 . B B 4 .
Kt — K 5 . 21 . K— B l .
Kt — QS . R K 1 .
Kt >< B % .
Q X R .
W hite resig s n .
I LL US T RA T I VE GA M E S .
73
IL L UST R A T I V E GA M E S .
s a e e s
’
1 4t h M ov e .
FI G . 47 .
MO R P HY .
BA RN ES .
Bl ack to m ov e .
T H E P R I M E S T R A T EGE T I C P O INT .
The P rime S trate getic Point al w ays is that point w hich

is occupied by the kindred Kin g .
P RIN CI PL E .
The proper post for the P rime S trate g etic P oint is at

the extremity O f a straight line dra wn from the centre
O f and at ri ght angles to the grand strategic f ront
, ,
It.
never should be posted at the extremity O f an adverse

m ajor or gr a nd strate g ic front ; nor on the same side of
the board w ith the crochet ali gned in a double strate g ic
front ; nor on the w in g re f used o f a kindred minor or
m ajor strate g ic f ront
.
THE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
PR I M E S T R A TE G E T I C PO INT .
(B y t h e Ri g h t ) .
FIG . 48 .
( Bl ack )
W h i te ) .
THE P RI M E S T RA TE GE T I C P OI N T . 79
PR I M E ST R A T E GE T I C P O INT .
(B y t he L ft )
e .
FIG . 49 .
80 TH E GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
P RI M E ST R A T E GE T I C P O I NT .
( y th e
B Ri g h t R f u e se d .
)
FI G . 50 .
( Wh i t e )
THE P RI M E S TRA TE G E TI C P OI N T
.
81
PR I ME ST R A T E GE T I C PO IN T .
( y
B t he C ntr e e .
)
F IG . 51 .
(Bla c k )
Wh i t e ).
O B J EC TI VE P L A N E S .
PR I NCI PL E .
The mobility of a given O bjective P l ane decre a ses a s

the number of points open to the movement O f the a d
verse King decre ases .
The vulner a bility O f a given O bjec t ive P l ane incre a ses

a s the number of radii of O ffence possible to be O per a ted
a g ainst it by hostile integers of force increases .
The potenti al v alue O f a given O bjective P lane is as

the sum of i t s mobility an d its vulner a bility i s to the
s u m of the r a dii of O fie n c e oper a ted by a hostile deter
min ate force .
There sixty four

a re -
O bjective P lanes . These are
divided into ten cl asses
C L A SS A comprises the four objective p l anes in which
the a dverse King is situ ated at R 1 The norm al vul .
n e rab i l i t y of a plane of this cl a ss i s 21 ; its norm al

mobility is 4 .
B comprises the eight pl anes in w hich the

C L A SS
a dverse King i s S itu a ted a t Kt 1 or a t R 2 The norm al .
vulner abi l ity O f a pl a ne O f this cl a ss is 3 0; i t s normal

mobility is 6 .
O B JE C T I V E P L A NE S .
Vul n e r a bi l ity M obi l ity

S U MM A RY .
Su m Of V e rt i c al s an d W ON -
W
S um of D ia gon als
Su m O f O b l iq u es
T ot l
a
f Po i t Mo v t
‘
Su m O n s Of e me n
OB JE C T I VE P LANE S .
85
C LA SS C comprises those eight objective planes in

which the adverse Kin g is located at K B 1 Q B 1 R 3 , , ,
R6 . The norm al vulner ability O f a plane of this class

is 3 9 its norm al mobility is 6 .
40
O BJE C T I VE PL A NE S .
C l ass C .
FI G . 54 .
(Bla ck )

S U MM A R Y .
Su m of V rt i ls a
e ca n d H or i z nto al s
Su m Of D i gon l s
a a
Su m Of O b li q u es
T ot l a
Su m Of Po i n t f Mo v
s O e me n t
comprises the ei ght objective pl anes in w hich

C LA SS D
the adverse King is S ituated at K 1 Q 1 R 4 R 5 The , , ,
.
normal vulnerability O f a plane of this class is 42 ; its

normal mobility is 6 .
43
O B JE C T I VE PL A N E S .
C l a ss D .
FIG . 55 .
( Blac k )

S UMM A R Y .
S um of V rt i l s
e ca an d Ho r i z o n t als
Sum Of D i go
a ls
na
S um Of O b li q u es
T ot l
a
Sum Of Po i nt f Mo v
s O e me nt
comprises the eight O bjective pl anes in w hich

C L A SS F
the a dverse King is S itu ated at K B 2 Q B 2 or Kt 3 , ,
.
The norm al vulner a bility of a plane O f this class i s 5 4 ;

its norm al mobility is 9 .
O B JE CT I VE PL AN E S .
C l a ss F .
FI G . 57
.
Vul n er a bi l ity M obi l ity

S U MM A R Y .
Sum Of Ve rt ic als a n d H or i zon t als

S um of D i gon als
a
S um Of O b li q u se
T ot al
S li m of Po i nt s o f M o ve m e nt
O BJE C T I VE P LAN ES .
89
C L A SS G comprises the eight bjective pl a nes in O
which the a dverse King is loc a ted at K 2 Q 2 Kt 4 or , , ,
Kt 5 The vulner a bility O f a pl ane O f this cl a ss i s 5 8

.
i t s norm a l mobility is 9 .
Vul n e r a bi l ity M obi lity

U MM R Y
S A .
Su m Ve rt i al s a
Of c n d H or i zont al s
S u m of D i go l s
a na
Su m of O b li q u es
T ot l a
Sum f P o i nt s O f M o
O ve me n t
C L ASS H comprises those four O bjective planes in

which the adverse King is loc ated at B 3 The norm al .
vulner ability O f a plane of this class is 71 ; i t s norm al

mobility is 9 .
O B JE CT I VE PL A N E S .
C l a ss H .
FIG . 59 .
( Blac k .

S U MM A R Y .
Sum Ve rt i c als a
of n d H i z o n t al s
or
S umO f D i gon al s
a
Sum O f O b l i que s
T o t al
Sum of Po i nt s O f M v
o e me n t
comprises those four O bjective planes i l l

C L ASS J
which the a dverse King is loc ated at K 4 Q 4 K 5 or , , ,
Q 5 .The vulner a bility O f a plane O f this class is 9 2 ;

its normal mobility is 9 .
$ t o
Vul n e r a bi lity M obi l ity

S U MM A R Y .
Sum of V e rt i c als a n d H or i z o n t al s
Su m O f D i gon
a al s
S um of O b li qu es
T ot al
Su m of Po i nt s of M o ve m e n t
S T RA T EG I C FR O NT S OF O P ER A TI O N S .
Those dis p ositions of the p awns w hich properly su p

, ,
l e m e n t e d by the pieces est a blish a given d etermin a te

p ,
force in such a form ation th at it properly m ay cover the

p rime str a tegetic point a n d the str ategetic re a r m ain ,
t ain the integrity of the stra tegetic front a n d fl a nks ,
a n d o p er a te in the minimu m of time with the m a ximum
of force ag ainst the O bjective p l a ne are termed in this,
theory S tr ategic Fronts of O per ations

, .
P R I NCI PL E .
Alw ays est ablish the str ategic front O f O per ations
u p on the str ategetic centre a n d extend it in the dirc o
,
tion of the O bjective pl a ne .
S tr ategic F ronts of O per a tions a re Of two kinds .
Vi z :
.
I . S INGL E FR O NT S .
II . D O UB L E FR O NT S .
A single front of oper ations a lw ays i s a dopted when

the objective pl a ne is loc ated on the centre or at the
extremity O f the str ategic front .
94 THE G RA N D TA OTI CS OF CH E S S .
SIN GL E FR O NT OF O PE R A T I O N S .
( B y t h e Ri g h t ).
FI G . 62 .
B
( lack )
Wh i t e ) .
A double front O f O per ations a l w ays i s to be adopted

whenever the O bj ective pl ane is loc ated otherwise th an
on the centre or at the extremity of the str a tegic front .
D O UB L E FR O NT OF O PE R A T I O NS .
(B y t h e Ri g h t )
.
FI G . 64 .
S T RA TE GI C F R ON T S OF O P E R A T I ON S . 97
D O UB LE F R O NT P
O F O E R A T I O NS .
(B y t he L ft ) e .
FI G . 65 .
(Bla c k .
W h i te ).
S trategic fronts Of operations are divided into th ree

classes :
I . MINO R STR A T E GI C F R O NT S .
II . MA JO R S TRA T E GI C F R O NT S .
III . GR AND STR A T E GI C F R O NT S .
A Minor S trate gic F ront is formed by a s alient ; or

by the union O f a salient an d a supportin g p arallel ;
or by the un i on of t w o s alients or by the union of t w o
salients an d a supporting p a rallel It m ay properly be .
a ligned doubly aligned an d reinforced by the minor

, ,
crochet an d b V the crochet aligned .
MI NO R ST R A T E GI C F R O NT .
(B y t h Ri
e g h t ) .
F I G 66
. .
( B la c k )
( Wh i te )
1 00 THE G R A ND TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
A G rand S trate g ic F ront is formed by the extensi on

of a s alient t w o points along th at di agon al upon which
the minor strategic front a lre a dy i s established It .
m ay properly be a ligned an d reinforced by the minor

crochet the m ajor crochet the crochet ali g ned or s up
, , ,
pl e m e n t e d by the form a tions echelon enceinte a n d , ,
en potence .
G R A ND ST R A T E GI C F R O NT .
(B y th e Ri g h t )
.
FIG . 68 .
( Bl ac k )
SU PP L E M E NT A R Y F O R MA TI O N S .
M in or C ro c The M i n o r Cr o c h e t i s formed by
h et .
—
deploying the K R P or the Q R P at R 3 .
Its us e is to sust a in the str ategic front a g ainst an

adverse m ajor O blique refused en echelon .
MI N O R C R O CHE T .
FIG . 69 .
( l i hzc hx)
( li hhi t e )
.
TH E GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
M j
a or C ro c h The M aj o r Cro c h et is formed by
et .
posting the K Kt P or the Q Kt P at Kt 4 to sust ain the ,
double front of oper ations or to cover a m aj or or grand

stra tegic front by preventing the a lignment of an ad verse
,
minor str ateg i c front refused .
M A JO R C R O C HE T .
FI G . 70 .
( Blac k )
W h i te ) .
1 04 T HE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
A li g n ed The F r on t A lig n e d or the single Ali gnment

— .
, ,
is a su p plement a ry formation in which the K P is posted

at King s fourth in the minor right O blique a n d the
’
,
Q P at Queen s fourth in the minor left o b l i q

’
ue ; t h e .
K B P at King s Bishop s fourth in the minor right

’ ’
O blique refused a n d the Q B P at Queen s Bishop s ’ ’

,
fourth in the minor left O blique refused ; the K B P at

King s Bishop s fifth in the m ajor right O blique an d
’ ’
the Q B P a t Queen s Bishop s fifth i n the m aj or left

’ ’
oblique ; the K Kt P at King s Knight s fifth in the ’ ’
m ajor right O blique refused an d the Q Kt P at Queen s ,

’
Knight s fifth in the m aj or left O blique refused ; the

’
K Kt P at Kin g s Knight s sixth in the gr a nd right

’ ’
O blique and the Q Kt P a t Queen s Knight s S ixth in the

’ ’
,
gra nd left O blique .
The utility of this form ation lies in the f a cilities it

a ffords for a ssuming the O ffensive either by a tt a ck or by
counter a tt a ck an d for est ablishi ng the m aj or front

-
,
.
S UP P L E M E N T A R Y F ORM A T I ON S . 1 05
ALI GNE D .
FI G . 72 .
W h i te ).
D o ub le i The F r o n t D o u b ly A li g n e d is a
A l gn me n t .
su pplement a ry form ation in which the K P an d K B P

a re p osted a t their fourths in the minor right O blique ;
the Q P an d Q B P a t their fourths in the minor left

obliq ue ; the K B P an d K Kt P at their four t hs in the
minor righ t oblique refused a n d the Q B a n d Q Kt P
,
at their fourths in the minor left O blique refused ; the
K E P an d K K t P a t their fifths in the m ajor right

1 06 THE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
O blique and the Q B P and K Kt P at their fifths in the

m aj or left O bli q
,
. ue
The utility of this formation lies in the facilities it
a ff ords for the deployment o f the forces and for es ab
t
l i sh i n g the major front
.
D O UB L Y ALI GNE D .
FIG . 73 .
( Bloc h )
Wh i te )
.
1 08 THE GR A N D TA OTI CS OF CH E S S .
E n c ein The E n c ei n t e is a supplement a ry form a

te .
—
tion in which the K B P is posted at King s Bisho p s ’ ’
fifth a n d the K Kt P a t King s Knight s fourth or the ’ ’

,
Q E F at Queen s Bishop s fifth a n d the Q Kt P a t

’ ’
Queen s Knight s fourth to sust ain the m ajor r ight

’ ’
,
O blique or the m ajor left O blique respectively ; or the ,
Q Kt P is posted a t Q ueen s Knight s fifth a n d the

’ ’
Q R P a t Queen s Rook s ’
fourth to sustain
’
the m a jor ,
left oblique refused .
E NCE I NT E .
FI G . 75 .
(Blac k .
W h i te ) .
S UP P L E M E N T A R Y F OR M A T I O N S . 1 09
E n Po t en c e .
The form ation E n P o t en c e is a supple
menta ry disposition O f either t h e K B P or the Q B P in ,
which one or the other O f them is posted at Bishop s ’
fourth for the purpose O f supporting the ve rtex p oint of

the m ajor right O blique or of the m ajor left O blique ,
respecti v ely ; or O f the K Kt P or the Q Kt P in w hich ,
c ase one or the other O f these is posted at Kn i ght s fifth ’
for the purpose O f su p porting the vertex point of the

gr a nd right oblique or of the g rand left O blique re ,
s pe c t i v e ly ; or of the K Kt P or the Q K t P in which

,
c ase one or the o t her of them is posted a t Knight s ’
fourth for the p urpose of supporting the vertex point O f

the m ajor right oblique refused or of the m ajor left
O blique refused respectively
, .
EN PO T E NCE .
FI G . 76 .
( Bl a c k )
( Wh i te .
E ch e lo n The E c h e lo n is a supplementary formation

.
in w hich either the K B P and the K Kt P or the Q B P ,
a n d the Q Kt P a r e posted at their fourth squares for

,
,
the purpose O f supporting and sustaining the m aj or

ri ght O blique or the m aj or left O blique respectively , .
E CHE L O N .
FI G . 77 .
( B l a ck )
Wh i t e ) .
F i an c h et to .
—
The F i a n ch e t t o is a supplement a ry for
m ation w herein the Q Kt P is posted a t its third squ a re ,
to permit of the deployment Of the Q B a t Q Kt 2 This .
form at ion is properly esta b lished only in the left

O blique refused .
T H E F IA NCHE T T O .
Wh it e .
FIG . 79 .
( Bl ac k )
( Wh ite )
S UP P L E M E N TA R Y F O R M A T I ON S .
113
T HE FIA NCHE T T O .
Bl ac k .
FI G . 80 .
(Bloc h )
( W h i te )
L I NE S OF M O B I L I ZA TI O N .
Lines of M obilization are divided into four classes

accordin g to t heir direction
I B Y TH E R I GHT
. .
II B Y T H E L EF T
. .
III . BY THE R I GH T R E FUS E D .
IV . BY THE L E FT R E F US ED.
The bject of a line of mobiliz ation a lw ays is to estab

O
lish the str ategic front coincidently w ith the strategetic

centre .
PR I NCI PL E .
N O line O f mobilization ever should be adopted until

the direction O f the line of development has been deter
mined for the line of mobilization a l w ays should t ake
,
the direction of and al w ays be coi ncident w ith the

, ,
line of development .
A line O f mobiliz ation directed by the Right compre

hends those primary b a ses described in The Minor
“
T a ctics of C hess as the ”
O PB I A .
O PB I B .
O PB I C .
O PB 2A .
O PB 2B .
O PB 2 C .
O PB 3 .
It also O pposes to the a dverse force that str a te g ic

f ront of operations described in G rand Tactics as the
Minor Right O blique .
Y
S MB O L S A ND A B B RE VI A T I O NS .
P lus .
M i nus .
( u nderscored line ) W it h .
X (p r e fix ) E li m in a te .
( s u ffi x ) B ei g elinm in ated .
O ccu p y .
P l a y a s f ollows .
0 O bli q ue .
O R O bli q ue R e fuse d .
R0 Rig h t O bliq ue .
L O L e f t O bli q ue .
C E C e ntre E c e in t e n .
RE Righ t E nc e i te n .
L E L e f t E ceinte n .
A A ligned .
D A D oubly Aligne d .
J M a j or C roch et .
K M i or C roc h et
n .
C A C rochet A ligned .
F F i anch e tto .
P E P ote nc e
n .
H E E ch elon
n .
W E A pp ui
n .
U U it
n
O p en P ri m
.
O PB ary B ase .
CPB C lose Prim ary B a se .
0P C O b j ectiv e Pl e C entre an .
O PR O b j e ctiv e P l a ne R ig h t .
0P L O b j e ctive Pl a e L e f t n .
M M i orn .
M M j ora
l
.
G Gr a n d .
M M ob i lize .
M a oeuvre
n .
D ev elo p .
T HE M IN O R R I GHT O B L I Q U E .
This front properly is adopted only w hen t h éOb j ec
tive plane is loc ated on the centre or on the King s ‘

’
w ing.
E x pl an at i o n .
-
Formula NO . 1 . G iven the minor right
oblique w ith the O bjective plane loc ated on t h e c e n t re ; .
then p l ay a s follo w s : First mobilize your pieces into

the primary base O P B 2 B ( vi d e M inor Tactics p ,
”
.
but without the Rook Unit and instead O f the ,
l atter pl ay K R K 1 .
S econdly m anoeuvre to elimin ate the bl a ck Q P at Q 3

,
a n d the bl a ck Kt a t K B 3 .
Thirdly if the bl ack P a t Q 3 is eliminated occupy

, ,
K 5 with your Kt ; an d if the black Kt at B 3 is e li mi

n ated occupy HR 5 w ith your Queen
,
.
F O R M UL A N o . 1 .
M R O
<
O P C
M
( O P E 2 E — R U) + K R K L
D
-
. K 5 Kt
B . Kt K B 3 -
. k R 5 Q .
11 8 THE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CHE S S .
M IN O R R I GHT O B LI QUE .
F IG 8 1
. . (0 . P C
. .
)
( Wh i te )
MAxI M . In t h i s sit uation W h it e O fte n c an a dv antag e ously sac rifi c e t h e

K B for t h bl k K B P h k ing d th u p r m n ntly l o t t h b
e ac , c ec , an s e a e ca e e O
i p n on ntr A l o h d v l o p m nt of th w h it Q B t
ject vel t h a e t e ce e . s ,
e e e e e e a
K Kt 5 follo w d by B R 4 or B X Kt i fr qu ntly v l i d li k w i i
, e ,
s e e a ,
as e se s
Kt K Kt 5 .
In t h w h it
c ase K B i di l o dg d fro m t h p o t Q B 4 it h o ul d
e e s s e e s ,
s re
tir to Q Kt 3 ft r w h i h W h it h o ld t bli h t h m jor front by

e ,
a e c e s u es a s e a
Kt K 5 In ll w h r in t h bl k Kt t K B 3 i limin t d t h
. a c ase s e e e ac a s e a e ,
e
w h it Q h o ul d d v l o p t W h it K R 5
e s e e a e s
’
.
N T
O E .
—The y mbol B ignifi
s . s es Bl a c k, an d the s y mbol W ignifi . s es
W h it e .
1 20 TH E GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M ULA N o . 3 .
M R O A
O P C + O PR
M
O PB I A
MI NO R RI GH T O B L I QUE A L I GNE D .
FI G 8 3
. .
( Bla c k ) .
MA X IM .
— Ih
th i it u tion t h on ly orr t o ur i to do ubly l ign
s s a e c ec c se s a
th eminor front T t b li h t h m jor front by t h righ t w o ul d b

. O es a s e a e e a
str t gi rror
a e c eft r P — K 5 B l k pl y P X P d on t h wh it
, as a e ac a s ,
an e e
Q P r t k in g int rv l i r t d on W h it
e a ,
an e a tr
s c ea e
’
e s c en e .
THE M I N OR R I GH T O B L I Q UE . 1 21
M B O D A
<
O P C + O PR
M
O PB I A .
M R O P
D
K 5P .
M IN O R R I HT O B L I Q UE D O UB L
G Y ALI GNE D .
B
( l ac k .
Wh i t e .
MA XIM . A ll e ls e b in g q l th i for m tion on

e e ua ,
t bl i h d n r
s a ce es a s e e su e s
su c h a n ad a v nt ag e in m obi l ity i it giv h f i liti

e for d l p g
e s su c ac es ev e o ln
t h t w ith t h b t pl y on both S i d t h p p on nt
. .
,
an d
'
m a n oeuv ri n g , a e es a es e O e
mus t lo se .
1 22 THE ~
GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
M R O K
O P C + O PR
( O P B 2 A
V x B Kt K B 3
-
. .
D
K 5 K t + K Kt 5 B
-
.
B K t K B 3 ><
.
MI NOR RI GH T O B LI Q UE W IT H MI NO R C RO CHE T .
F I G 85
. .
( Bl a c k )
MA X IM — A ll . b ing qu l t h m inor ro h t wi ll d f n d t h
e ls e e e a ,
e c c e e e e re
f d w ing i t
us e dv r
a a ns h l on d m jor front
an a T h R P h o ld
e se ec e e a e s u
lw y b
.
g d for t h dv r Q Kt P w h n t h l tt r i dv n d
,
a a s e exc an e e a e se e e a e s a a ce
to Q Kt 5 T h m t i f f t h m inor ro h t i to d troy p ortion f t h
. e o O e c c e s es a O e
adv re sefor wh i h i t h dv n ing to t h tt k of t h tr t g ti r r
ce c s us a a c e a ac e s a e e c ea
w ith t h bj t of o pyin g or m or p oint on i t logi ti h orizon
,
e O ec ccu on e e s s s c
k in dr d h y p ot h ti l for
,
an d th uniting it
us l f w it h i se ts e e ca ce .
1 24 T HE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CHE S S .
M R O D A K
O P C + O PR
M
O PB 1 A
.
.
B . Kt K B 3
M IN O R R I G HT O B L I Q UE D O UB L Y ALI GN E D W I T H
MI N O R C R O CH E T .
F I G 87
. .
( Bl ac k )
MA X IM — I th i it tion W h it
. n s s ua noth ing to f r from t h p o ting
e h as ea e s
of t h bl
e ac k Kt at Q 4 ftar W h
e it dv n of
e s
’
P — K5
a ft r t h
a ce , as a e e
al ign m nte Of h i s ma jor front by P B 5 W h it t h r t n to o upy t h

, e ea e s cc e
str t g ti
a e e c b b j e ct i v e by P K B 6 .
TH E M I N OR RI GH T O B LI Q UE . 1 25
F O R M UL A No . 8 .
M R O J
O P L
M
(O P B 2 A
M IN O R R I GHT O B L I Q UE WIT H M A JO R C R O CHE T .
F IG 88 . .
( Bl a c k )
MA x I M i do ubl front f p r tio h ving b n t bli h d t h

— Th s e
‘
O O e a ns a ee es a s e e
only r o r l ft to t h p p on nt i to t h row h i w h ol for by t h igh t
.
,
es u ce e e O e s s e ce e l
a g in
a t tsh w h it K e e .
F t h i r on W h it m t n v r inv li d t h i form tion by t h ri g h t

or s e as e us e e a a e s a e
h m t r ly on it for t h int g rity of h i p ri m tr t g ti p oint T h
, ,
as e us e e e s e s a e e c e
dv nt g in m obi l ity t h t B l k lr dy p o on t h ri h t w i ll b
.
a a a e a ac a ea ss e s se s e e
m h int n ifi d h o l d W h it by h nging h i front to t h ft bliqu
,
uc e s e s u e, c a s e e O e,
t h u l o t h i k ing on h i r f d w ing
s ca e s s e use .
1 26 THE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
(O P B 2 A
uQ R eR P .
M IN O R R I HT O B L I QUE A L I G GNE D WI T H M A JO R
CR O CH E T .
FIG . 89 .
( Bla c k )
M Ax I M — W h it mu t n v r dv n t h Q Kt P to Q Kt 5 tt k ing
. e s e e a a ce e , a ac
t h b l k Q Kt in t h i do b l
e ac front B l k w o ld r tir Kt Kt 1 d
s u e ac u e e an
ith r x h ng or o mp l t h r tr t f t h wh it Kt t Q B 5 w h r
.
,
e e e c a e c e e e ea O e e a e e
up on t h tr t g i v l of W h it p o ition i gr tly d p r i t d
,
’
e s a e c a ue e s s s ea e ec a e .
W h it w o ul d o mm it
e tr t gi rror if in t h i it tion h w r to
c a s a e c e s s ua e e e
t bl i h t h m jor l ft bliqu by P Q 5 h i p ri m tr t g ti p oint
, ,
es a s e a e O e , as s e s a e e c
w oul d t h n b om p o t d on t h r fu d w ing
e ec e s e e e se .
1 28 THE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 11 .
M R O CA
C P L
.
M
( O P B 2 A
M IN O R R I HT O B L I QUE G W I T H C R O CH E T ALI GN E D .
FI G . 91 . B
( lo c h
W h i te ) .
M AX I M — W h it h l o
. on d ry l in of tt k r ulting from
e as a s a sec a e a ac , es
th oe pying of K 5 w ith t h K Kt or of K 6 K 7 or K 8 by t h K R
cc u e , , , e ,
a t th p ro p r ti m wh i h lw y
e e b
e, ur t l y
c a l ul t d
a ll f
s c an e ac c a e ca c a e ,
as a O
t h m ov w h n v l i d w i ll b p rt of l in of p r tion
ese e s, e a ,
e a a e O e a s .
THE M I N O R RI GH T O B L I Q UE . 1 29
M R O A CA
M
(O P B 2 A
D
n Q R GR R
M I NI O R R I HT O B L I Q UE A L I G GNE D W I T H C R O CHE T
A LI GNE D .
F I G 92. .
( Bl o c h )
MA X IM B l k pt r t h w h it Kt t Q B 5 t h pt uring
. Sh o ul d ac ca u e e e a ,
e ca
pi t f o r b t k n w it h t h w h it Q Kt P
e c e m us ,
O c u se . e a e e e .
B t ft r w r d W h it
u a eh o l d not by P
a s Q 5 h ng h i front by t h
e s u c a e s e
righ t to t h m jor l ft bl i q e u l ign d
a t h t w o ld b
e O tr t g i e a e as a u e a s a e c
rror w h r by h i k ing w o ld b o m i m p ro p rl y p o t d on t h r fu d
, ,
e , e e s u ec e e s e e e se
W I 11
h it orr t our i to t k p o ion of t h p n fil t h r t d
’
e s c ec c se s a e s se ss e O e e us c e a e
bj tiv p l n by Q Q Kt 3 foll ow d by K R
,
an d m g in t t h
a ss a a s e O ec e a e e
Q Kt 1 .
130 THE GRA N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
M RO D A CA
O PL
(O P B l A
uQ R b R P .
M IN O R R I HT O B L I QUE D O UB L G Y A LI GNE D WI T H
C R O CHE T ALI GNE D .
FI G 93 . .
(Bl oc h )
MA X IM
Bl k g m i h o p l
. ac W h it h
’
s th
a dv nt g in
e s e e ss . e as e a a a e
p o ition
s both w ing wh i h l tt r
On onn t d by i mp r gn bl
s, c a e a re c ec e an e a e
ce ntr e
W ith t h i for m tion W h it n v r S h o l d d v l o p it h r by t h righ t or
.
s a e e e u e e e e e
by t h l ft b ut h oul d w by m n f h i ppl m nt ry form tion t h
e e ,
s in ea s O s su e e a a e
cro h t lign d in p r tion w ith h i r rv p i
c e a e ,
c o-O e a s e se e eces .
F O R M UL A N o . 14 .
(O P E 3
M IN O R CE NT R E C
E N E IN T E .
MA X IM i i t h p o ition f gr n d t n
.
— Th s s e t h F ro m it t h
s O a e ace a c e ss . e
p r n nt l o tion of t h obj tiv pl n h oul d b l ul t d d t h

e ma e ca e ec e a e s e ca c a e , an e
p ro p r m jor front p roj t d

e a ec e .
I n ll a wh r in t h p rm n nt l o tion f t h bj tiv p l n nnot

c a se s e e e e a e ca O e O ec e a e ca
be ca c l ul t d t h t l in of d v l o p m nt h o ld b
a e , a e l t d w h i h t t h giv n
e e e s u e se e c e c a e e
ti m e m m o t in
see s ord w it h tr t gi p rin i pl w ith t h r o r
s ac c s a e c c e, e es u ce con
t
s an t l y k p t in h n d of
e do p ting ado ub l l in a f p r tion d tb a e e O O e a s an es a
li h i g t h
s n ro h t l ign d
e c c e a e .
M I N OR CE N TRE EN CE I N TE . 1 33
F O R M ULA No 15 .
( O P E S
MI N O R CE N T R E E NCE IN T E .
W h i te )
.
M AX M I . w ould o mm it tr t gi rror in tt m p ting to

— W ll i t e
’
c a s a e c e a e
es a t bl i h t h m jor front by t h ri g h t p r vio to tl ing K R on

s e a e e us ca s ,
ac
c o nt f h it K R 4 b ing p n to o p tion by t h bl k Q
u O W
’
e s e O e cc u a e ac .
1 34 TH E GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
(O P B 1 A reversed, , R Q , , U) .
Q B 4 P, Q B 3 Kt , K 2 Q Q Kt 1 K Q B 1 R .
M IN O R C E NT R E EN CE I N T E .
F I G 96 . . Bl ac k .
)
MA X IM it oul d l o tl K R d t bli h t h M R O D A J
. Wh e c a s c as e an es a s e
in t h i S itu tion B t t h i w ould b inf rior t h p ri m tr t g ti front

s a . u s e e ,
as e e s a e e c
i m or
s x p o d d d f n d d w ith gr t r di ffi ul ty in do bl front f
e e se ,
an e e e ea e c , a u e O
Op r tion t h n in S in g l front
e a s a a e .
F O R M UL A N o . 17 .
M LO
O PL
M 5
( O P B 2 A reversed , ,
— R,
Q U) , QRQ 1 .
MI NOR LE FT OBL I QUE .
FI G 97
. .
MA X IM — T h is
it u tion i d i d dly m or to W h it dv nt g th n
s a s ec e e
’
e s a a a e a
wh n t h bj tiv p l n i l o t d on t h ri g h t It r q uir m or ti m
.
e e O ec e a e s ca e e . e es e e
for B l k to p rf t h i l in f d f n ow in g to t h f t t h t h i Q i
ac e ec s e O e e ce, e ac a s s
ex p o d to t h tt k f t h w h it Q R d do not n t ur lly d f n d t h
se e a ac O e e , an es a a e e e
bl k Kt t Q B 3 T h p oint Q 5 i u lly p n to i mm di t o up
ac a . e s s ua O e e a e cc a
tion by t h w h it Q Kt d t h bl k Q R P i un d f n d d
e e ,
an e ac s e e e .
M I N OR L E F T OB LI O UE . 1 37
F O R M UL A N o . 18 .
O P B 2 A reversed ,
.
Q 5 P
M IN O R LE F T O B LI QUE AL I GNE D .
( Bl o ch )
.
MA X IM
B l k i l o t In m o t
. ac it w i ll b fo un d t h t W h it
s s . s c as e s e a e c an
p rop rly rifi p i in or d r to x p o t h bj tiv pl n t h t it

e sac ce a ece e so e se e O ec e a e a
m y b r di ly
a e ea d d i iv l y tt k d
an ec s e a ac e .
I t wi ll b b rv d th t B l k h no ff iv r o ur
e O se e a ac th ntir
as O en s e es c e s , as e e e
W h it for int r p o
e ce b t w n h i m d i t p ri m tr t g ti p int
e se s e ee an s e s a e e c o .
F O R M UL A N o . 19 .
O P B 1 A reversed,
.
D
.
Q 5 P
B Ki x
. .
-
.
Q B 5 P .
M IN O R L E F T O B L I Q UE D O UB L Y
( Wh i te )
MA X IM . it w in
-
Wh i ly in t h i S it u tion I t i of no on q n
e s e as s a s c se ue ce
t h t t h bl k Kt m o p y Q 4 d from t h n x h ng for t h w h it
.
a e ac ay ccu an e ce e c a e e e
p riority in for d p o ition i
,
K B for W h it ’
e s su e ffi i nt t h t not h
c e an s s SO su c e a
p r v nt h i ulti m t omm n d of t h obj tiv pl n
,
ing c an e e s a e c a e ec e a e .
140 THE GRA ND TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 21 .
O P B 2 A reversed , .
D
Q 5 P
Q Kt 5 Kt
-
. .
MI NO R LE F T O B L I Q UE A L I GNE D W I T H MI NO R C R O CH E T .
FI G 1 01. .
W h i te ) .
MA X IM
front dir t d by t h l ft d wh r in t h bj tiv
— In al l s ec e e e an e e e O ec e
pl n i t h r ult of Bl k tli g Q R if t h l tt r tt m pt to p
.
,
’
a e s e es ac s c as n , e a e a e s su
p ort t h bl k Kt t Q B 3 w it h t h Q t h wh it K B
e ac a u ll y b d e e e c an s ua e e
p i lly ft r t h w h it Q Kt h
,
l p d t Q Kt 5 w it h
ve o e a dv nt g a a a e, es ec a a e e e as
o p i d t h p oint w h it Q 5 for t h n t h l tt r p i in m ny
ccu e e e m y e e a e ece a c ase s a
b p o t d t Q Kt 4
,
d t h di int gr tion f t h p w n on B l k Q u n
’ ’
e s e a , an e s e a O e a s ac s ee s
sid n r d
e e su e .
M I N OR L E F T OB L I Q UE . 141
F O R M UL A N o . 22 .
M L O D A K
C PL
M
O P B 1 A re v e r s e d ,
.
L O
C P L
B Kt Q B 3
. .
D
.
Q 5 P
B Kt.
Q B 3 ><
MI NO R LE FT O B L I Q UE D O UB L Y A LI GN E D WI T H
MI N O R C R O CHE T .
FIG . 102 .
Wh i te ) .
MA XI M w ort h y f r m rk in r g r d to t h i p o ition th t
.
— It se e ms O e a e a s s , a
u n d r t h m o t f vor bl ir m t n
e e s d v n h o l d B l k br k
a a e c cu s a ce s , an e e s u ac ea
t h ro g h t h wh it m inor ro h t ti ll B l k g m i h o p l for t h
u e e c c e s ac
’
s a e s e e s s, e
not r q ir d in t h tt k of t h bj tiv p l n
,
w h it Re
’
s a re e u e d m y e a ac e O ec e a e , an a
bot h b rifi ed to p r v nt t h q ning of
e sac c or m or bl k p w n
e e e ue e one e ac a s,
t h w h it
e for in t h int ri m h ving quir d d i iv dv nt g ov r
e ce e e a ac e a ec s e a a a e e
th e adv r k ing
e se .
142 THE GR A N D TA C TI CS OE CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 23 .
M
( O P B 2 A , reversed ,
Q R 6P .
M IN O R L E F T O B L I QUE WI T H M A JO R CR O CHE T .
FI G . 1 03 .
W h i te ) .
MA X IM oubl fro t t h p r n of t h w h it R P t R 5 i
. $ - Ih all d e n s e e se ce e e a s
a serio u m tt r to B l k W h th r t h p w n p ro d t on to R 6
s a e ac . e e e a cee s a ce
and for t h b l
ce s k Kt P to Kt
e 3 or w
ach t h r t h i i d l d d bor,al e e s s e ay e an su
t d to t h
na e tion of t h oth r wh it p i
e ac i i mm t ri l
e e di lw y e e c e s, s a e a , an s a a s
d t r m in d by t h
e e e on dition wh i h t u lly xi t
e c s c ac a e s .
1 44 T HE G RAN D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 25 .
M LO D A J
O PR
M
(O P E 1 A , reversed ,
-
Kt , R ,
U) + K Kt K B 5 .
n Q R 6R P .
M INO R L E F T O B L I Q UE D O UB L Y A LI G NE D W IT H
M A JO R C R O CHE T .
FI G . 105 .
( Bla c k )
Wh i te .
)
X IM — I
MA . n o b front doub ly lig d W h it i p r ti
t h e d u le a ne e s ac call y im
p rviou to tt
e s a ac k , and m y p ro
a d g in t t h
c ee bj tiv pl
a a s e O ec e an e w it h
entir eurityse c .
M I N O R L E F T O B LI Q UE . 1 45
F O R M UL A N o . 26 .
M LO CA
<
O P R
M
( O P B 2 A , reversed ,
— Kt , R , U +
) QRQ 1 + K Kt K B 5 .
QR 6 R P
-
MI OR N O B LI QUE W I T H C R O CH E T A LI G NE D .
( Bl ac k .
MA X IM . In
oubl front w h r in B l k pl y Kt P Kt 3 d
a ll d e s, e e ac a s , an
at t k t h Kt t t h ngl of t h l i nt d t h m jor ro h t it d
ac s e a e a e e sa e an e a c c e , e
p n d up on t h itu tion ntir ly to w h t h r t h Kt b

e s e s a rifi d or
e e as e e e e s ac ce
not A . rul t h i m no uvr w ill b f t l to B l k

s a e, s a e e e a a ac .
14 6 THE G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M ULA No . 27 .
M LO A CA
( O P B 2 A , reversed , Kt , R , U) K Kt K B 5 .
V x B Q Ku a
. z QR GR P .
M I O R LE F T O B LI Q UE A L I GNE D
N WI T H CR O C HE T
ALI GN ED .
F IG . 107 .
MA X IM — I t
t n v r b l o t ig h t of th t in t h doubl front
. m us e e e s s a e e a
p ri
me O bj t i to r t ec p n fil it h r t h R t or t h R w h r by
s c ea e an O e e, e e e
’
s e
’
s, e e
the w h it Q d wh it R m y b brough t into tion g in t t h b j
e an e
’
s a e ac a a s e O ec
tiv p l n
e a e .
A ft r t h R P h
e r h d R 5 it wi ll b foun d i mp o ibl for B l k
e as e ac e e ss e ac
to p r v nt t h r tion f t h i p n fil
e e e c ea O s O e e .
M I N O R L E F T O B L I QU E RE F U S E D .
This f ront m ay be adopted either by W hite or by

B lack or by both
,
.
MI NO R LE FT O BLI QUE RE F USE D .
FI G . 109 .
( Bl a c k .
( Wh i t e )
M I N OR L E F T OB L I Q UE RE F US E D . 1 49
M IN O R L E F T O BLI QUE R E F USE D .
FIG . 1 10 .
B
( la ck
( Wh ite )
MA X IM .i front i f inf rior to ith r t h rig h t bliqu or t h

Th s s ar e e e e O e e
l ft b l iqu
e O It do not t k t h dir tion f t h bj tiv p l n it i
e . es a e e ec O e O ec e a e, s
not t bl i h d on t h tr t g ti ntr
es a s e e sd it om p l t h p ri m
a e e c cetr t e , an c e s e e s a e
g ti p oint to b om p rm n ntly l o t d on t h r fu d w ing

e c ec e e a e ca e e e se .
M LO RF
O P C , O P L, O P R
M
C — k aR U
( P B I )
A Q l K R J Nfi H fiQ B 3 K L QB 1 QR .
M I O R LE F T O B LI QUE R E F US ED E N F IA N HE T T O
N C .
FI G . 111 .
W h it e .
( Bl a c k .
Wh i t e ).
152 THE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CHE S S .
M I NO R L E F T O B L I QUE R E FUSE D A ND ALI GNE D .
FIG . 1 13 .
Wh it e .
( Blo c h )
M IN OR L E F T O B L I Q UE RE F US E D . 15 3
F O R M U LA N o . 30 .
M L O RA
<
O P C, O P L, O P R
M
(C P B 1 B R Q U , , , an d 2n d aux . sa lient) .
Va M L E R .
MI NO R L E FT O B LI QUE R E F USE D A ND A LI GNE D .
Bl k ac .
FIG . 1 14 .
( Blo c h )
MA X IM . ign d front i mu h
— T h iS al e s c le ss v lu
a ab l e to W h it e a s an
o fie n s i v e for m tion th n it i to B l k
a a s ac as a de f n iv
e s e meas ur e .
In t h e l tt r
a it i of gr t uti l ity
e ca s e s ea , an d o n e O f the strong t minor es
front s at B l k di p o l
ac
’
s s sa .
F O R M UL A N o . 31 .
M LE R
O P Q O P RJ H H I
M
CPB L
MI NO R L EFT E NCE I N T E R E F USE D .
Wh it e .
(Bl ac k .
PVh i t e .
)
X IM — T h i s f ro n t i s muc h
inf rior to t h righ t d l ft bliqu on
.
MA . e e an e O e s,
ount f t h f t th t it i not oin i d nt w it h t h tr t g ti ntr

a cc O e ac a s c c e e s a e e c ce e .
B l k h oul d p p o it w it h t h O P B 2 A d dir t h i w h ol tt k
ac s O se e ,
an ec s e a ac
by t h righ t g in t t h bj tiv pl n
e a a s e O ec e a e .
M IN O R R I GHT O B L I QU E R E F US E D .
This front properly is adopted only by Black and by

him only when the O bjective plane is located on the
King s w in g
’
.
M IN O R R I GH T O B LI Q UE R E F US E D . 1 57
F O R M UL A N o . 33 .
M R OR
O P C, O P R .
M
O PB 5 A .
D
K K t 5 Kt , K B 4 P .
M IN O R R I GHT O B LI QUE R E F USE D .
MA X IM . I n t h i s s ituation it O ft e n is e xtr e me l y good pl y for Bl

a ac k
to m n uvr K Kt Kt 5
a oe e .
I f W h it t on r pl i w ith P — K R 3 it m y r t
e a ce e es w kn , a c ea e a ea e ss
from wh i h h w i ll ff r th rough out t h g m O th r wi B l k m

c e su e e a e . e se ac ay
follow w ith P K B 4 uring t h d ir d p o ition

,
se c e es e s .
F O R M U LA N o . 34 .
M RO RA
O P GO P R
O PR4A .
°
O PB 1A
X WJ H K B 3
M IN O R R I G HT O B LI QUE R E F USE D A ND A LIG E D N .
FI G . 11 8 .
Wh i te ) .
MA X I M — T h i p ow rf l p o ition b l ong to Bl
. s e u trong t
s e s ac k It is t h e s es
for tion p o ibl for h i m to tt in wit h orr t pl y by W h it It
.
ma ss e a a , c ec a e .
s h o ld b t h m o d l for t h
u e on d pl y r in l l g m w h i h p n w ith
e e e se c a e a a es c O e
1 P K4
Th r
e no r on wh y Bl k h oul d l o ft r h h on p rf t d
e IS e as ac s se , a e e as ce e ec e
t h i l in of m obi liz tion
s e a .
MA JO R R I G HT O B L I QU E .
The objective plane bein g located on t h e Kin g s wing

’
,
this front properly constructed gi ves the adv antage

, ,
in position as comp ared w ith any adverse minor or

m ajor front O f oper ations.
M AJ OR R I GH T O B LI Q UE . 1 61
F O R M UL A N o . 35 .
M R O
O P GO P R
M
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I QUE .
( Bl ac k .
MA X IM S ingl m jor front dir t d by t h righ t t h bj t

.
— In a ll e a s ec e e ,
e O ec
O f W h it i to o up y t h p oint wh it K B 6 w it h
e s cc e p i or p w n d
e a e ce a a , an
if t h l tt r th n p r f r bl y w ith t h K B P A ll l b ing qu l t h i
e a e , e e e a e . e se e e a , s
m n uv
a oe if u
re , ful w i ll giv W h it
s c c e ss ,
winning up riority in
e e a s e
po ition
s .
F O R M UL A N o . 36 .
M RO A
( M GR O .
D
°
. KB 6P .
M A JO R R I G HT O B LI QUE A L I GNE D .
FI G . 120 .
(M i le )
MA X IM .n t h p p ort unity i p r nt d to o upy t h tr t g ti

W he e O s e se e cc e s a e e c
Obj ti
ec ve
p ingl front it m u t b r m mb r d t h t m r o up tion i
n a s e ,
s e e e e e a e e cc a s
not noug h b ut t h t t h p i or p w n m u t b t b li h d on K B 6
e ,
a e ece a s e es a s e .
T h u if t h l tt r p oint i
s, e upp o t d W h it u
a e l ly h o ul d
s s m n uvr r e , e sua s so a oe e
as not to b o mp ll d to r t k dv r p i
e c e e w ith t h w h it K P
e a e a e se ec e s e e .
1 64 TH E G RA N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
M A JO R R I GHT O B LI QUE WI T H MI N O R C R O C HET .
FI G 1 22
. .
MA X IM . i mi l r it u tion Bl k tt k i t d i iv
-
In th i s an d s a s a s ac
’
s a ac s no ec s e
ex p t th rough
ce rror on t h p rt of W h it T h l tt r h o l d tt k
an e e a e . e a e s u a ac
th e bj tiv pl n w it h t h ut mo t vigor ; x h ng t h Q R P for t h

O ec e a e e s e c a e e e
Q Kt P w h n dv n d in or d r to r du t h p ro m otion v l u f t h
e a a ce , e e ce e a e O e
bl k for
ac U u l l y W h it w i ll w in fro m t h f t t h t h i front i
ce . s a e ,
e ac a s s
di r t d g in t t h
ec e a bj tiv pl n wh il B l k i not
a s e O ec e a e, e ac
’
s s .
WI A J O R R I GH T OB L I Q UE .
M R O A K
+ <
O P C, O P R
KB 6P .
G
M A JO R R I HT O B L I Q UE A L I GNE D W I T H N
MI OR
C R O CH E T .
FI G . 1 23 .
( Bl ac k .
MA XI M .
— T h iS i s in ll it u tion wh r in t h
th e o
m de l for tt a ac k a s a s e e e
a dv r k ing i l o t d on t h T fu d w ing
e se s ca e It p rti ul rly h ow t h
e e se . a c a s s e
l ine f o nt r tt k w h i h B l k h o ul d l w y
O c u e -
a ac do p t w h n v r W h it
c ac s a a s a e e e e
initi t t h l ft bl iqu r fu d
a es e e O e e se .
THE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 40 .
KB5P KB6P ,
.
M A JO R R I GHT O B LI QU E E N OT E P NCE W IT H MI OR N
RO C
ET CH .
F IG . 1 24 .
( Wh i te )
MA XIM ft r t h t bl i h m nt f t h front li g n d by P K B 5
. A e e es a s e O e a e
W h it u w ith gr t dv nt g m n vr t h K Kt Kt 5 b
,
e ll s ua y c an ea a a a e, a oe u e e e
for pl ying P K B 6 A t t h m ti m i t fr qu ntly h pp n t h t t h
,
e a . e sa e e e e a e s a e
i mm di t dv n by P K B 6 i p r f r bl r t k ing w ith t h K P d
e a e a a ce s e e a e, e a e an
t h n p o ting t h K Kt t K 5
,
e s e a
wi nning p o itio
.
I n ll a w h r in ot h r t h ing
c as e s e e qu l th i i e s a re e a s s a s n
B l k i or mo l ut fl k d on t h righ t d w ill b
,
for TVh i t e , as ac s en us y o an e e an e
fo un d utt rly un bl to d f n d h i p ri m tr t g ti p oint g in t t h
,
e a e e e s e s a e e c a a s e
w h it for t h u m d g in t t h bj tiv p l n
e ce s as s e a a s e O ec e a e .
1 68 THE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 42 .
M R O D A W
+
O P GO PR
M
+ Q R K B 1 + K R E .
V o p en K K t fil e K R .
M A JO R R I HT O B L I QUE D O UB L Y A L I N E D E N A
G G PP UI .
FI G . 1 26 . (B l ac k )
Wh i t e ) .
MA X IM .wh it K Kt P h o ld x h n g for t h b l k K B P
— The e s u e c a e e ac .
Th r
e e a reno in w h i h t h K Kt P h o ul d dv n to K Kt 6
cas e s c e s a a ce .
T h m t if f t h i
e o it tion i to p rm it f t h wh it Q d R tt k ing
o s s ua s e O e e an a ac
the Obj tiv pl in i t h p n K Kt fil

ec e a v a e O e e .
M A J OR R I GH T O B L I Q UE . 169
M R O PW
M A JO R R I GHT O B LI QUE EN P O T E NCE EN A PPUI .
FIG . 12 7 . (B lac k )
MA X IM
t h i d i m i l r itu tion t h bj t of W h it i to op n
. In s an s a s a s e O ec e s e
th eK Kt fil by x h n g ing t h K Kt P for t h dv r K B P t K B 4
e e c a e e a e se a
to o py t h p n K Kt fil w it h K R
,
an d th en ccu e O e e
nti l up p ort d
.
U u lly t h K Kt P h o l d not b
s a e dv n d to K Kt 4 s u e a a ce u s e
by t h K R t K Kt 1 b t t h r
e a wh r in W h it m y p ro p rl y
u e e a r e c as e s e e e a e
a dv n aK Kt P K Kt 4 d if B la k p l y K B P X Kt P t h n W h it
ce an c a s e e
m y p ro
, ,
a d P K B 5 B t t h i l t m n vr i onl y f ibl w h n
cee . u s as a oe u e s e as e e
B l k h o mmitt d g r giou rror w h i h p n to W h it tr t gi
ac as c e an e e s e c O e s e a s a e c
l in of p r tion
,
e O e a s .
1 70 T HE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
K K t file KR .
D
K B 5 K Kt P .
M A JO R R I HT O B L I QUE E G CHE L O NE D EN A PP UI .
FI G . 1 28 .
( Blac k )
( Wh i te )
MA XIMth i p o i tion B l k g m i unt n bl b ut W h it mu t

.
— In s s ac
’
s a e s e a e, e s
nev r pl y P K Kt 5 nor p r m t ur ly x h ng t h Kt P for t h b l k

e a , e a e e c a e e e ac
KBP .
I n t d t h w h it Q Kt m y b d v l o p d t K Kt 3 ft r wh i h
s ea ,
e e a e e e e a ,
a e c
W h it m y fr qu ntl initi t
e a e tr t gi l in of p r tion by t h
e y a e a s ri a e c e O e a s e sac
fi of
ce pi for a or m or p w n
ece on e e a s .
1 72 T HE GR A N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
M R O A W K
+
O P C, O P R
K B 4 K Kt .
M A JO R R I G HT O B L I QUE A L I GN E D EN A PPUI W I T H
MI NO R CR O CH E T .
FI G . 1 30 .
( Bl o c h )
X IM W h it h oul d n v r tt m p t to form t h h lon in t h i d

MA . e s e e a e e ec e s an
si mi l r S itu tion b ut h ould k for t h tr t gi lin of p r tion

a a s, s se e e s a e c e O e a s
w h i h w ill u u ll y b foun d to xi t T h
c s a rifi of p w n or v n
e e s . e s ac ce a a ,
e e
of p i a w ill fr qu ntly b j u tifi d if th r by W h it i n bl d to

ec e, e e e s e , e e e s e a e
o upy t h tr t g ti bj tiv
cc e s a e e c O ec e .
M A J OR R I GH T OB LI O UE . 1 73
F O RM ULA N o . 47 .
M AJO R R I HT O B LI QUE D O UB L Y A L I
G GN E D EN A PPUI
WI T H MI N O R C R O CHE T .
FI G 1 3 1
. .
(Bl ac k ).
MA X IMit mu t l w y d t on x h ng h i K Kt P for t h
. Wh e s a a s, an a ce , e c a e s e
bl k K B P d n v r l o h i omm n d of t h p n K Kt fil A ft r
ac ,
an e e se s c a e O e e . e
w r d t h wh it Q B h oul d d v l op t K B 6 d t h wh it K Kt t
a e e s e e a , an e e a
KB4 .
1 74 T HE GR A N D T A O TI CS OF CHE S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 48 .
M R O H W K
+ Q R K B 1 + K K R m .
D
K B 5 Kt P , K Kt 5 K K t .
M A JO R R I GH T OBLI QUE E CHE L O NE D EN A PPUI

WI T H MI NO R CR O CH E T .
F I G 1 32
. .
( Bl a c k )
MA X IM .
— Th ebj t of W h it ft r p ni g t h K Kt fil mu t
O ec e, a e O e n e e, s
al wy a s b to on ntr t t h K t by K K t 5
e c ce a ed K R 5 i K Kt 3
e s g in t an v a , a a s
t h bl
e ac k King w ing p w n ; to m n uvr
’
s a to om p l Bl k to
s so a oe e as c e ac
r t
c ea e a s tr t g ti w k n in h i p o ition d th n to initi t
a e e c ea e ss tr t s s , an e a e a s a e
g i l in
c e of p r tion by t h
O e a rifi of p i
s e sac ce a ece .
1 76 THE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
M R O A C A
O P L
( O P B 1 A
K —
+ t Q B 5) .
D
Q R 5 P
_ , Q R 6 P
G
M A JO R R I HT O B LI QUE A L I GNE D WI T H CR O CHE T
A LI GNE D .
F I G 134
. .
(B l a d e )
( Wh i te )
M AX I M — W h
. it h o ul d not p ro
e s d Wit h P — K B 6 th u tabl i h cee , s es s
ing t h g r n d righ t bl iq
e a t h t front w oul d not h v t h dir tion f
O u e , as a a e e ec O
the O bj tiv pl n H h oul d ontinu w it h t h dv n of t h Q R P

ec e a e . e s c e e a a ce e
to Q R 6 .
I t do not follo w t h t pl y r h o ul d do pt ou w h i h w i ll ul ti
es a a a e s a a c rse c
m t l y w in t h tr
a e erit rion f Sk i ll i t h
ue c l tion f t h t o r
e O s e se ec O a c u se
w h i h w in in t h q i k t d r t m nn r T h h i g h t on i t in
c s e u c es an su e s a e . e ar c s s s
d p t h ing
es a c b t n nt goni t l i k m t r d not l i k novi
a ea e a a s e a as e , an e a ce .
'
M A J O R RI GH T O B L I Q UE . 1 77
M R O P C A
O P L
(O P P l A
Vx B .
Q Kt P .
D
A O R BP .
M A JO R R I GHT O B LI QUE E N P O T E NCE W I T H C R O CH ET

A LI G NE D .
( Bl o c h )
( IVh i t e )
MA X IM . I n th i s s it uation it w i ll
foun d t h t t h roug h t h rror of be a e e s
B l k tr t g i l in f p r tion m y fr q ntly b i iti t d b ith r

ac , a s a e c e O O e a a e ue e n a e y e e
P — Q 5 P — Q K t 5 B — Q R 6 or Kt
, Q K t P B ut n it h r f t h
, , . e e O e se
m ov v l i d on lin of m n uvr
e s a re a d y
a m u t not forg t t h t
e a oe e , an ou s e a a
str t g i lin f p r tion do not xi t until t h h k m t of t h

a e c e O O e a s es e s e C ec a e e
adv r k ing
e se b d finit l y
can l ul t d e e e ca c a e .
1 78 T HE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
M R O A W C A
+ :
O P L
( O P B l A
+ PQR M .
G HT GNE D E H PP UI
'
M A JO R R I O B L I QUE A L I A
C R O CHE T A L I GN E D .
F I G 1 36
. . (B l a d e )
( W h it e )
MA XIM
in th i
. d i m i l r it u tion B l k m k
— If s an sth rror
a s a s ac a es e e
f p l ying P
O a Q R 3 u lly t h b t ontinu tion for W h it i
, s ua e es c a e s
P Q Kt 5 d th i lw y i t h
an orr t m ov if t h bl k p oint Q 1 i
s a a s s e c ec e e ac s
o p i d by y p i
ccu e x pt Kt T h r ul t w il l ft n b
an e ce e ce tr t gi
a . e es O e e a s a e c
Ii
°
f p r tion
ne O O e a s .
(O PB 1A
VX B .
Q Kt P .
D
.
Q R eP
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I Q UE E N P O T E NCE EN A PPUI W I T H

CR O CHE T A L I GN E D .
F IG . 1 38 .
(B l a d e )
MA X IM . rror of pl ying
I f in t h i s s ituation B l a c k m ak e s the e a
P Q Kt 3 W h it r pl i B R 6 ( k ) foll o w d by K R Q K 1 d t h n
, e e es c ,
e ,
an e
by P Q R 5 I f t h B K r tr t to Q 1 h ow v r on t h h k W h it
. e e ea s , ,
e e , e c ec e
m y u u ll y b t p ro
a s a d w it h Kt Kt 7 ( k ) follo w d by B Q Kt 5
es cee c , e .
M A J OR RI GH T O B L I Q UE . 181
F O R M U LA N o . 55 .
M R O H W C A
<
O P L
M
(O P B 1 A
+ P Q R 4 + K K R 2
M A JO R R I GH T O B L I QUE E CHE L O NE D EN A PP UI W I T H
CR O CHE T A L I GNE D .
B
( la d e )
MA XIM wh r in B l k m k t h rror of p l ying

In al l c as e s e e ac a es e e a
P Q R 4 W h it h o l d r ply wit h K R Q Kt 1 I f B l k no w
.
e s u e ac ex
r t k w it h Q Kt P follow d by
,
h ng h it Kt t Q B 5 W h i t
.
c a th es e W e a , e e a es e
Q Q Kt 2 T h bl k K th b ing driv n to t h ntr W h it no w

,
. e ac us e e e ce e, e con
tinn t h tt k by d v l op in g h i m jor front by t h ri g h t unto P K B 5
es e a ac e e s a e
an d P K Kt 5 w it h t h p urp o of o upying t h tr t g ti bj tiv
e se cc e s a e e c O ec e
wit h pi
,
a e ce .
182 THE GR AN D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 56 .
( O P B 2 A
p ot n
/
en e ce
\ x B .
Q Kt P .
D
or K Kt 5 Kt , + K B 4 P
Q R 6 R
°
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I QUE W IT H M A JO R C R O CHE T .
FI G . 1 40 .
( Bl ac k )
( IVh i t e .
M AX I M — W h it m t p r p r to p p ort h i m jor front w ith t h

. e us e a e su s a e
K B P p ot on d h i b t m ov i Kt
e n c e , an
'
KsKt 5esll l b in g qu l
e s ,
a e se e e a .
O t h r wi
e hse ,h o ul d ple sK t — R l foll o w d by P — K B 4 in it h r
ay ,
e e e
cas e , a nd r t urning t he Kt to K B 3 w it h ll d p t h
e a es a c .
1 84 THE GR A N D TAC TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A
‘
N o . 58 .
O P L
(O P B l A
V X B P Q Km .
M A J O R R I HT O B LI QUE D O UB L
G Y A LI GN E D EN A PP UI
WI T H M A JO R CR O CHE T .
FI G . 1 42 .
MA X IMr i p r nt d trong t mpt tion for W h it to d v l o p

. He e s e se e a s e a e e e
a s ingl front by t h righ t ll of w h i h i w rong t t h i ti m W h it

e e , a c s a s e . e
sh o uld t on at bli h t h ro h t l ign d by P Q R 4 d h old t

ce es a s e c c e a e , an s a
d rig h t w ing unti l l in of p r tion i initi t d

\
ti y hi
o n ar t s c e n re a n a e O e a s s a e .
M A J OR R I GH T OB LI Q UE . 1 85
F O R M UL A N o . 59 .
M R O PJ
M
(O P B l A
D
a Q R oP .
M A JO R R I GHT O B LI QUE EN P O T E NCE WI T H M A JO R

C R O CH E T .
FI G . 143 .
(Bl ac k )
( W h i te
MA XI M it h o ul d t bl i h t h ro h t l i g n d by P Q R 4 t
. Wh e s es a s e c c e a e a
O n d foll o w t h i w it h P
c e, an Q R 5 Thi i
s of t h f t p o ition
. s s on e e sa e s s s
t h t W h it
a do pt for B l k
e c an a ,
m k no i mp r
ac ion w h t v r on t h
c an a e e ss a e e e
w h it righ t W i g
e n .
1 86 T HE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
w P B l A
D
$ K R 2 K
A Q R BP
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I Q UE E N A PP UI W IT H M A JO R
C R O CHE T .
F IG . 144 .
(B l a d e )
MA X IM W h it h o uld pl y t on K — K R 2 in or d r to p rf t
. e s a a ce , e e ec
th e en app ui d to p r mit of t h qui k form tion f t h h lon on t h g

an e e c a O e ec e
ri gh t wh n n
, ry T h n h h o uld t on p ro d to t bl i h t h
e e ce s sa . e e s a ce cee es a s e
cro h t lign d by P Q R 4
c e a e .
T HE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 62 .
M R O H W J
( O P B l A — K g H u p s K a g e m mm m+ P KR 3 + q 4
w
+ u Q fi B 5 + K K R a + K R K K n
a Q R fiR P .
M A JO R R I G T O B L I UE E H Q CHE L O NE D EN A PP UI W IT H
M A JO R C R O CH E T .
MA X IM th front n v r h n g t h dir tion by dv n ing

.
— In e se s, e e c a e e ec a a c
P Q 5 nor xt n d f urt h r in t h
,
e em dir tion by PeKB 6 P t ll e sa e ec . u a
your ti m d n rgy into t h tt k of t h obj tiv pl n by m n of

e an e e e a ac e ec e a e, ea s
th
e c ro h t l ign d
c e a e .
M AJO R R I G H T E N CE IN T E .
The objective plane bein g located on the Kin g s w ing

’
,
this front properly constructed constitutes a w inning

, ,
a dvanta g e in position.
190 THE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
(O P B 1 A — K R 3
K B 6 5 0r K Kt 5 P , or K B 4 Kt , or K K t 5 Kt .
M AJO R R I GHT E NCE I NT E EN A PP UI .
( W h i te )
0
M AX I M W h it w in i
.
-
ur d t h
’
e s qu tion b ing m r l y
s ass of e , e es e e e on e
m nn r of fini h in g t h g m
a e sT h b t m ov u u ll y w ill b P
e a e . K Kt 5e es e s a e .
E it h r P — K B 6 (if no b l k p wn i
e t it h r K 2 or K Kt or
ac a s a e e
Kt Kt 5 or Kt B 4 d in o m
, Q B K1 5
, an v il b l T h
s e c as e s : , a re a a a e . e
obj t i i mpl y to t bli h t h gr n d righ t obl iq

ec s s es a s d to o p n t h
e a ue an e e
K K t fil for t h roo k in
e Bl k h
e stl d K R c as e ac as cas e .
1 92 THE G RA N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 65 .
(O P B l A
+ K K R 2 + K R K mL
Q R 4 P . Q R 5 P, Q R 6 P .
M A JO R R I GHT E NCE I NT E E N A PPUI W I T H M A JO R

C RO CH E T .
F R $ 1 49
. . B
( l ac k
MA XIM .t h i d i mi l r p o ition t bl i h t h ro h t l i g n d
-
In s an s a s s es a s e c c e a e ,
an d tt k t h
a ac q r Q R 6 w it h t h Q R P m n w h i l v i l ing of y
e s ua e e ea e a a an
pp ort ity to w in in y ot h r w y by rror f t h o p p on nt d
,
O un an e a an e o e e an
p i lly b Kt x Q Kt P or by P Q Kt 5
,
es ec a y ,
.
C h ngin g front by P
a Q 5 w i ll l dom b fo un d d ir bl lt h o g h se e es a e, a u
it m y b dop t d t ti m w h n t h p p on nt h pl y d
a e a e a es e i t ifi e O e as a e so un s c e n
ca ll y t h t h i w it h o t r o r
a e s u es u ces
do p t d w ith o ut t h p p ui d
.
T h r i g h t n int r r l y h o l d b
e e ce e a e s u e a e e en a an
r ul t h l tt r h oul d b on tru t d fir t
,
as a e e a e s e c s c e s .
M A J CR R I GH T EN CE I N T E . 1 93
F O R M UL A N o . 66 .
M R E W C A
O PL
M
(O P B 1 A
M A JO R R I G HT E NCE I NT E EN A PPUI W I T H CR O CH E T
A L IG NE D .
F IG 1 50
MA XI M for m tion wh i h in l d t h
.
— In all pp ui it i n
a ry
s c c u e e en a , s e c e ss a
t
o p r v nt t h o p p on nt from r tin g by t h x h ng of p w n o p n
e e e e c ea e e c a e a s e
fil w h i h nnot b ontroll d by t h k in dr d rook It i q ll y

es c ca e c e e e s . s e ua
i m p ort nt to m int in i t t t h P t K 5 d t Q 4 unti l t h d i iv

a a a n ac e a an a e ec s e
m o m nt e .
MA JO R R I G HT O B L I QU E R E F US E D .
This is the model front for Bl a ck to ai m a t when the

objective plane is loc ated on the King s w in g
’
.
M R O R A
( O P B 4 A
+ P K B 5 + P K Kt 5 .
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I Q UE R E F US E D A N D A L I GNE D .
F IG . 15 2 . Bl a ck .
)
MA XI t e t bl i h i ng t h gr n d righ t obl i q by P — K B 6
M — Af r es a s e a ue ,
B l k h oul d not n gl t to p p ort it by p rop rly d v lo p ing t h K P

ac s e ec su e e e e
an d Q P l ong t ha tr t g ti ntr
e s a e e c ce e .
M A J OR RI GH T O B L I Q UE R E F US E D .
F O R M U LA N o . 69 .
M
(O P B 4 A
+ Q R K B L
V X W Kt K B 3
. .
D
K Kt 5 P .
M A JO R R I GHT O B L I Q UE R E F USE D E N P O T E NCE .
FI G 15 3 .
(Bl ac k .
Wh i t e ) .
MA XIM . It
y w ll to d f r t h tt mp t to di l o dg t h w h it
i s us uall e e e e a e s e e e
K Kt in th i d i mil r it tion until u h ti m noth ing

s an s a s pr v n t
ua s s c e as c an e e
th q i k d v l op m nt of t h front from t h M R O R to t h G R O by
e u c e e e e e e ,
th dv n
e a of P K 5 d P Q 4 If h ow v r W h it k ing wing b
a ce an .
,
e e ,
’
e s
’
s e
com di int gr t d d t h front r fu d i uffi i nt for form ing t h b

es s e a e , an e e se s s c e e ase
of o p r t i on t h n of o r t h r i no n
e a s, e ity f f rt h r d v l o p ing it
,
c u se , e e s e c e ss or u e e e ,
an d B l k h o ul d m n uvr to initi t
ac s tr t gi l in of op r tion
a oe e a e a s a e c e e a s .
M AJO R L E F T O B L I Q U E .
The objective plane bein g loc ated on the Queen s ’
w ing this front properly constructed gives the a dv an

, , ,
t age in position a s compared w ith any a dvers e front

of operations.
2 00 THE GRAN D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 71 .
M A JO R L E F T O B L I QUE A L I GN E D .
F I G 1 55
. .
(B la ck )
MA X I M — T h i d i to t bl i h w h it p wn or wh it p i
. e ea s es a s ta e a a e ece a
O B 6 w it h o ut r m oving t h w h it Q P fro m Q 5
,
e e e .
T h i m y b don in
s a e v r l w y ll of w h i h
e se in di t d in t h l in
e a a s, a c a re ca e e e
of d v l op m nt
e e e .
M A J OR L E F T OB L I Q UE . 2 01
F O R M U LA N o . 72 .
M L O P
O P L
M
PB r v r d) P Q 5
l A, e e se .
V front l ign d a e .
D
A Q B s R
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE PO T E NCE .
F I G 156
. .
(B la c k )
( Wh i te ) .
MA XIM t h i d i mi l r it u tion W h it w in by t bl i h ing

.
— In s an s a s a s e s es a s
t h e major front l ign d W h n v r Bl k p r nt th i li gn m nt by

a e . e e e ac e se s s a e
p l ying P — B 4 W h it ldom h ould t k t h p wn p

a , e se t b ut s a e e a en a ss a n , ,
in t d h h o uld form t h h l on upp ort d

s ea , e s ppui
e ec e s e en a .
2 02 T HE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
M A JO R LE FT O B L I QUE W IT H M IN O R C R O C HE T .
F I G 1 57
. .
Wh i le )
.
MA X IM . Wh it
obj t i to for m t h
’
e s p ot n t on
ec s d ft r e en e ce a c e an a e
w r d to t bl i h t h gr n d l ft ob liqu w h i l t h m inor ro h t ov r
a es a s e a e e, e e c c e c e s
t h rig h t w ing g i n t t h
e a dv r
a m jor front
s h l on d T h Kt lw y
e a e se a ec e e . e a a s
i p r f r bly d v lo p d t Kt 5 in t h
s e e a e e e itu tion
a e se s a s .
V front lign a e d.
M A JO R L E F T O B LI Q UE EN P O T E NCE WI T H N
M I OR
CR O CH E T .
FIG . 15 9 .
( B l a ck )
( W h i te )
.
MA XIM . Wht pu h h i tt k g in t t h bj tiv p l n w ith

it e m us s s a ac a a s e O ec e a e
al l vigor w h i l B l k m u t w it h l i k
,
e ac n rgy tt k t h l ogi ti h orizon
s e e e a ac e s c .
M A J OR L E F T OB L I Q UE . 2 05
M L O A W
M A JO R L E F T O B L I QUE A LIG E D N EN A PPUI .
W h i te
MA XI M — Ne v er be guilty of th e folly of ad a v n ing c P Q6 ,

u nl e ss
on a in of op r tion
l e e a .
Th p rop r m n uvr i to dv n
e e a oe e s a a ce P K Kt 4 t h u forming t h , s e
m jor n int
a e wh i h l tt r m y b
ce e, c a e a e l t r r ol v d into t h
a e es do uble e e
al ign m nt e .
O B A re v e rs e d
( P 1 ,
+ Q R Q m 1 + K R Q B L
o p n Kt
Vx R P Q B a
Q e fil e
M A JO R L E FT O B LI QUE D O UB L Y A LI GN E D EN A PPUI .
FIG . 1 61 .
( Wh i le )
MA X IM — I f B l
. ac k pl y
a s B P X QP ,
al wy rt
a s e ak e w ith th e Kt at
B 3 .
Ne v r dv n
e a a ce th e Kt P to Kt 6 nor t h
, e O P to Q 6 .
208 TH E GR A N D T A OTI CS OF CH E S S .
FOR M UL A N o . 79 .
(O P B l A, rvr
e e se d
+ Q R Q Kt 1 + K R Q B 1 .
M A JO R L E FT O B LI Q UE E CHE L O NE D EN A PPUI .
Fm . 1 63 .
(Blac k )
( W h i te ) .
MA X IM it tion u u lly r lt from B l k fi t to p r v nt

.
— T h is s ua s a e su s ac
’
s e or e e
the a lign m nt of W h it
e m jor front W h it mu t n v r f i l to p n t h
’
e s a . e s e e a O e e
Kt fil b x h nging t h Kt P ; till h n eed not d t h i t on b ut m y

e y e c a e s e o s a c e, a
p ro p rly w it t h o pp ort un m om nt
e a a e e e .
M A J OR L E F T O B L I Q UE . 2 09
F O R M UL A N o . 80 .
M L O D A W K
O P L
M
P B l A, re v e rse d
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE D O UB L Y ALIG ED EN A N PPUI

WI T H MI N O R CR O CHE T .
Rm . 1 64 .
(B lac k )
Wh i te .
MA X IM .
— W h it e , of o r h
c u se , w on g m
as a d to fini h it off in
a e , an s an
el e g nt m nn r i t h
a a e s e p rti l r obj ct h h in vi w T h initi l t
a cu a e e as e . e a s ep
a l w y i to op n t h
a s s e e Kt fil by Kt P X B P
e .
THE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 81 .
M L O P W K
(O P B 1 A, re v e rs e d
MA JO R L E F T O B L I QUE E N P O T E N CE EN A PP UI WI T H
M IN O R CR O CH E T .
FIG . 1 65 .
W h i te )
.
MA X IM — T hi p o ition inv ri bly n

. s it t t h for m tion
s a a e ce s s a es e a
ec h l on
e .
In u h
s c l w y p o t K t R 2 b for
a c ase a a s dv sing Kt P
a , e e a an c .
F O R M UL A N o . 83 .
M L O J
O P R
M
( O P B 2 A , re v e rs e d
M A JO R L E F T O B L I Q UE W IT H M A JO R CR O CH E T .
FIG . 1 67 .
(Blac k ) .
I’c te .
)
MA X IM . The sac rifi ce of t h Kt for t h Kt P mu t l w y

e e s a a s be born e
in in by W h it in t h
m d e e se s it u tion
a s .
M A J O R LE F T OB L I Q C E . 2 13
M L O A J
+ <
O P R
M
(O P B 1 A, r e v e rs e d
+ K Kt K B 5 .
K R 4 B K R 5 P K R GP .
M A JO R L E F T O B LI QUE A L I NE D G WI T H M A JO R
C R O CH E T .
Fm . 1 68 .
AX I M — A l w y r m mb r t h t th r
M a s e e e a e e is no qui k r nor f r w y
c e sa e a
of winning t h g m th n by t h m r h of
e a e, a e a c th e R P to R 6 ft r t h fora e e
m tion of t h
a ro h t l ign d
e c c e a e .
214 THE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 85 .
M
(O P B l A , rev ers e d
MA JO R LE FT O B LI QUE E N P O TE NCE WI T H M AJO R

C R O CHE T
F IG 169
. .
( W h i te ) .
MA X IM .p ot n i inv l u b l in th
— The en it u tion
e ceit p s a a e e se s a s , as re
v nt t h di int gr tion of t h tr t gi front by t h dv r p w n T h

e s e s e a e s a e c e a e se a s . e
front mu t l w y b r l i d on to ov r t h p ri m tr t g ti p oint wh n
s a a s e e e c e e e s a e e c e
at t k ing by t h
ac ro h t l ign d e c c e a e .
216 THE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 87 .
M L O D A W J
O P R
M
re v e rs e d
(O P B l A ,
K R 4 K R P .
M A JO R L E F T O B L I QUE D O UB L Y ALI GN E D EN A PP UI
WI T H M A JO R CR O CH E T .
FIG 171
. .
MA X IM it up riority in p o ition i m ni f t d h
. Wh ’
e s s e Wi s s a es , an e can n
eith r on t h igh t or on t h l ft
e e r e e .
Th tt k l w y h ow v r h oul d b dir t d g in t t h obj tiv

e a ac a a s, e e ,
s e ec e a a s e ec e
pl n in p r f r n to y oth r l in of m n uvr b ut t h fir t li n of
a e e e e ce an e e a oe e, e s e
Op r tion p r nt d mu t l w y b
e a s e se e pt d s a a s e a cc e e .
M A J OR L E F T O B L I O UE . 217
M
(O P B I A, re v e rs e d
+ K Kt K B 5 .
D
K R 4 K R P .
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE E N P O T E NCE EN A PPUI W I T H

MA JO R CR O CHE T .
F I G: 1 72 .
(B lac k )
( W h i te .
MA XIM .
— Th i i not h r w inni g p o ition for W h it
s s a e n s e, the p rop r
e prG
ce s s b ing t h
e e for m tion of t h ro h t l i g n d
a e c c e a e .
21 8 THE GR A N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N O . 89 .
(O P B l A, rev e rse d
+ P K Kt 4 + K Kt K B 5 .
V c ro ch e t l ign
a e d.
D
K R 4 K R P .
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE E CHE L O NE D EN A PPUI WI T H

M A JO R C R O CH E T ;
h a . 1 73 .
(Blac k )
Wh i te ) .
MA XI M — T h i s i s a p o w e rf ul for m tion d ll to W h it
a , an a
’
e s ad a v nt g a e .
It y r ul t from t h
usuall es s e e cce ntri m no uvr of B l k in
c a e es ac the l o tion
ca
of h i p ri m tr t g ti p oint
s e s a e e c .
W h it h oul d of o ur
e s t on , c se , a ce a tt ac k with the c ro ch e t l ign
a e d.
220 TH E GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M ULA N O . 91 .
(O P B l A, re v e r s e d
+ P K R 4 + K Kt K B 5 .
D
. K R 5 K R P K R 6 K R P, .
M A JO R L E F T O B L I Q UE A L I GNE D WI T H CR O CHE T
AL I GNE D .
Fm 1 75
. .
( Blac k ) .
W h i te ) .
MA X IM — T h i s al ign e d front i not d ir bl t h front p ot n

s so es a e as e en e ce,
.
un l e s s t h e a tt k t k t h dir tion of t h l ft for t h p urp o of ti ng

ac a es e ec e e , e se ac
ag in t t h
a s e l ogi ti h orizon on
s c l in of p r tion
a e O e a s .
M A J O R L E F T O B LI Q UE . 22 1
F O R M U LA N o . 92 .
+ K Kt K B 5 .
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE E N PO T E NC E W I T H CRO CHE T

A L I GN E D .
F m 1 76
. .
Wh i te )
.
MA X IM . o front w h n o p r ting w ith t h ro h t

Th i s is a m de l e e a e c c e
a l ign d
e B l k i d mu t r m i n b olut ly on t h d f n iv or tt k
. ac s, a n s e a ,
a s e e e e s e, a ac
a t A gr t di dv nt g
. ea sa a a e.
F O R M UL A N o . 93 .
M L O A W C A
O P R
(O P B l A, re v e rse d
D
. K R 5 K R P, K R 6 K R P .
M A JO R L E F T O B L I Q UE A L I GN E D E N A PPUI
CR O CH E T A L I GN E D .
F m 177
. .
(Blac k )
MA XI M .
— The
front l ig d in t h itu tion i not d ir bl unl
a ne e se s a s s es a e e ss
Bl k h
ac riou d f t xi ting in h i l ft fl k
as se s e ec s e s s e an .
W h n v r t h obj tiv pl n i not p o t d t i t

e e e e ec e xtr m ity t h tr t
a e s s e a s e e ,
e s a e
gci front i trong r p ot n th n in y oth r form tion

s s e en e ce a an e a .
F O R M UL A N o . 95 .
M
O
(O P B l A, re v e rse d
Vx R F K ma
D
M A JO R L E FT O B L I Q UE E CH E LO N E D EN A PPUI W I T H
C R O CH E T A L I GNE D .
F m 1 79
. .
MA X IM — T o p r mi t t h form tion of t h i p ow rful front B l

. e e a s e ,
a ck mus t
ma no uvr w ith gr t
e e ea ntri ity
e cc e c .
MA JO R L E F T O B L I Q U E R E F U S E D .
T his f ront properly constructed gives the a dv a nt age

, ,
i n posi t ion a g ainst a minor front of the s a me cl a ss ; but

it is inferior to a front directed either by the ri ght or by
t h e le f t or by the ri g ht re f used
,
.
M L O R
.
i <
O P C, Q P R, Q P L
M
(O P B 1
M A JO R L E F T O B LI QUE R E F USE D .
Wh it e .
Bl a ck .
)
M A X IM .
— T hi s front i s a de sir bl front for W h it to t bli
a e e es a sh onl y
wh en Bl ack h as a do p t d t h
e e ma j or l ft obl iqu r fu d
e e e se .
M L O R A
+
O P C, O P R, O P L
M
(O P B l
V Ma jor L ft E n int R fu
e ce e e se d .
MA JO R L E F T O B L I QUE R E F USE D A LI GNE D .
W h it e .
F m 1 82
. .
( Bl ac k )
M A J OR LE F T OB L I Q UH R E F US E D . 22 9
MA JO R L E FT O B L I QUE R E F USE D ALIGNE D .
Bl ack .
FI G . 1 83 .
( Wh i te )
MA X IM .
— T hi s front i l giti m t for bot h W h it d for Bl
s e a e e an ac k , b ut
w kn
it s ea e ss c on i t in t h f t t h t it h not t h dir tion of t h
s s s e ac a as e ec j
e o b e c~
tiv pl n
e a e , an d does not p rmit of t h ro h t lign d
e e c c e a e .
2 30 T HE GRA N D T A OTI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M U LA N o . 98 .
M L O R D A
l
O P C , O F R, O F L
M
(C P B l
MA JO R L E FT O B L I Q UE R E F USE D A ND D O UB L Y
AL I GNE D .
Wh it e.
(Bl a c k )
23 2 T HE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E SS .
F O R M UL A N o . 99 .
M L O R P
+
O P C, O P R, O P L
M
— Q
( C P B l R J D+ P Q B 5 + P
V e ch e l on .
Q R 4 Q R R
'
M A JO R L E FT O B L I Q UE R E F USE D P O T E N CE .
Wh it e .
FI G 1 86
. .
M A J OR L E F T O B LI O UE R E F US E D . 23 3
M A JO R L E FT O B L I QUE R E F USE D E N P O T E NCE .
Bl ac k .
e . 18 7 .
(Blac k .
( W h i te )
MA XIM i.
p ot n to t h m jor l ft obl iqu r fu d i v ry
— Th s en e ce e a e e e se s a e
n ry form tion It u lly i d v l o p d from t h fi h t t It p ro p

e c e ss a a . us a s e e e e an c e o .
erly m y b r infor d by t h h l on b t t h mo t p o w rful m th o d i to

a e e ce e ec e ,
u e s e e s
conv rt it into t h m jor l ft n int (O P R )

e e a e e ce e .
F O R M UL A N o . 1 00 .
M L O R H
+
O P C, O P R , O P L
M
( O P B l
Ma jor L ft E n int R fu
e ce e e se d .
M A JO R L E F T O B LI QUE R E F US E D A ND E CHE L O NE D .
F I G 1 88
. .
Wh i te .
)
MA JO R L E F T E N CE I N TE R E F US E D .
T his f ront properly constructed gives all else bein g

, , ,
equ al a winning lo g istic line of operation a gainst the

,
lo gistic horizon.
M A J OR L E F T E N CE I N TE R E F US E D . 237
F O R M UL A N o . 1 01 .
M L E R
M
(C P B l
V Ma jor L ft O bl iqu R fu
e e e se d a n d D oubly A l ign ed .
M A JO R L E FT E NCE INT E R E F USE D .
Wh it e .
( Bl ac k ) .
Wh i te ) .
23 8 . T HE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
M AJO R L E FT E NCE I NT E R E F USE D .
Bl ac k .
FIG . 1 91 .
( Wh i t e )
MA X IM . i form tion i
—T h s a s de c i iv of t h dv nt g on t h Qu n
s e e a a a e e ee
’
s
w ing ,
an d in ugur t t h p ro
a a es e c e ss W h i h di int gr t
c s th
e dv r righ t
a es e a e se
obl iq ue .
B ut t h e w e ak n of ll th front dir t d by t h l ft r fu
e ss a e se s ec e e e e se d i s,
th t
a the p ri m e s tr t g ti p oint i l o t d on t h w ing r f u d
a e e c s ca e e e se .
F O R M ULA N o . 1 03 .
M L E W K
+ <
O P L
M
P B l A, re v e rse d
V Ma jor L ft O bl iqu D oubl y A l ign

e e ed .
D
Q Kt 5 Q Kt P .
M A JO R L E FT E N E IN T E E N A C PP UI WI T H MI NOR
C R O CH E T .
(B lack )
W h i te ).
MA X IM I n th i d i m i l r it tion W h it w ill g in omm n d of

. s an s a s ua s e a c a
t h obj tiv pl n b for B l k

e ec e a e e p rofit by o upying t h l og i ti h ori
e ac c an cc e s c
zon d uniting w ith h i h yp ot h ti l for

an s e ca ce .
M A J OR L E F T E N CE I N TE R E F US E D .
F O R M U LA N o . 1 04 .
M L E W J
O P R
V roc t l ign d
ch e a e .
D
KR4KRP .
M AJ O R LE F T E N E I T E E N A C N PP UI W I T H M A JO R
C R O CH ET .
F m 1 94
. .
( Bl a c k )
( Wh i te )
M AX I M — W h it w ill win by t h
e e ad a v n of ce QRP to R 6 ft ra e the
for tion of t h ro h t lign d
ma e c c e a e .
F O R M UL A No . 1 05 .
M
(O P B l A, re v ersed
VX R P K ma
M AJO R LE F T E N E I NT E C W I T H C R O C HE T AL I GNE D .
F I G 1 95
. .
( W h i te
MA X IMB l k i ob lig d to xp o ith r t h obj tiv pl n or t h

. ac s e e se e e e ec e a e e
l ogi ti h orizon
s c Thu i. r t d tr t g ti w k n of wh i h W h it
s s c ea e a s a e e c ea e ss c e
c an r di l v i l by lin of o p r tion
ea y a a es e a .
2 44 T HE G RA N D T A O T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M ULA N o . 1 06 .
G R O
M
Ma jor Rig h t O bl iq ue PKB6 .
S tr t gi
a e c L in of O p r tion
e e a .
GR A ND RI GHT O B L I Q UE .
F I G 196
. .
( Wh i t e )
MA X IM . I n t h i s s it uation
obj t of W h it i to m int in p i
the ec e s a a a ece
at K B 6 d to p r v nt t h di int gr tion of h i front

an e e e s e C on qu nt ly t h
a s . se e e
K B P r r ly h ould o upy K B 6 unl upp ort d by p i i ddition

a e s cc , e ss s e a ece n a
to t h K P
e .
GR A N D RI GH T OB LI Q UE . 2 45
F O R M UL A N o . 1 07 .
M
M ajor Rig h t O b l i q ue PKB 6 PQR3 .
D
S tr t gi L in of O p r tion
a e c e e a .
GR AN D RI GHT O BL I QUE W I T H C R O C HE T .
FI G . 19 7 .
(B lac k )
( W h i te )
MA X IM . If
gr n d fro t i t bl i h d it w i ll not b n
th e a y to n s es a s e ,
e e c e ssar
for m t h minor r h t O th rw i t h i p r tion h ould not b

e c oc e . e se , s e c au s e ne
g l t d wh n v r t h
ee e , pp on nt t bli h t h m jor l ft ob liqu r fu d
e e e e O e es a s es e a e e e se
an d h l on d
ec e e .
24 6 T HE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A No . 1 08 .
(M ajor Righ t O bl iqu e + P K B 6 + P Q Kt 4 + K t QB 5 ,
If Str t gia e c L in of O p r tion t h n Q R 4 Q R P

e e a e .
If L ogi ti s c Li n of O p r tion t h n
e e a K Kt 5 Kt e .
GR AND RI G HT OBLI Q UE WI T H MAJO R C R O CHE T .
F m 1 98
. .
(Bl ac k )
W h i te .
MA X IM . W h it e m ay su pp ort t h gr n d front p ot n or x
e a on e c e, e ch a ng e
the K B P th u
, s r du ing h i front to m jor front B t in ll
e c s a a . u a c as e s he
s h o ul d for m t h e c ro h t li gn d t on
c e a e a ce .
2 48 TH E GRA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 11 0 .
G R O P W
(M a jor Righ t O bliqu e
D
a e c e e a .
GR A ND RI G HT O B LI QUE EN P O T E NCE EN A PP UI .
F I G 200
. .
(Bla ck )
MA X I M . Th i s is of t h
on e e m o t p o w rf ul of t h ingle front T h
s e e s s . e
ac c um ul ation of t h e W h it for e ce a g in t t h B l k Ki g obviou ly nnot

a s e ac n s ca
be p r v nt d
e e e .
GR A N D RI GH T OB L I O UE . 249
F O R M UL A NO . 111 .
G R O A W K
(M aj o r R i g h t O b li q
u e
+ K K R 2 .
S tr t g i
e e a .
GRA ND RI G HT O B L I QUE A L I GNE D EN A PP UI WI T H

MI NO R CR O CHE T .
FI G 201 .
( B la c k )
MA X IM . i it u tion l i k ll t h gr n d front
Th s s a , e a e a s, is a n e as y w inni gn
p o ition for W h it
s e .
Th ep rt i l r l in of tr t gi p r tion h o w
a cu a e s a e c O e a s, ev e r v ri
, a es in al l ,
ac cording to t h v l u of t h obj tiv pl n

e a e e ec e a e .
250 THE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M ULA N o . 112 .
GR O P W K
O P R
M
M
( ja o r R i g h t O b li ue q
+ P QR 3 + K K R 2 .
D
S tr t e gi L in of O p e r tio
a c e a n.
G R A ND R I GHT O B L I Q UE EN P O T E N CE EN A PP UI WI T H
MI OR N CR O CHE T .
W h i te ) .
MA X IM .
— B l a ck h as not ti m v n to tt mp t to tt k t h
e e e a e a ac e Wh it e
i nt wh i h on th i
s al e , c s ac c ount i w ll ur d v n w ith o ut t h
s e se c e , e e e pr o t ec
tion of t h e ro h t c c e .
F O R M UL A No . 114 .
G R O P W J
M
( ja o r R i g h t O b li q ue
+ P Q Kt 4 + Kt Q B 5 .
D
S tr t gi
e e a .
GR A N D R I GHT O BLI QUE EN P O T E NCE EN A PPUI WIT H

M AJ O R C R O CHE T .
F I G 2 04
. .
MA X IM — T h tt k on t h righ t
. e a ac e i s me r lye ppl
su e me nt ary to th e
att
ack by t h ro h t l ign d
e c c e a e .
GRA N D RI GH T O B L I Q UE . 253
F O R M UL A N o . 115 .
GR O C A
C P L
M
M
( ja o r R i g h t O b l q
i ue
+ Kt Q B 5
q
.
v
D
Q R 5 Q R P + Q R 6 Q R R
G R AND RI G HT OB LI QUE W I T H CR O CHE T ALI GNE D .
Wh i te )
.
MA X IM . Wh it h oul d r m in p iv on t h righ t
e s e a ass e e , an d a tt ac k by t h e
v n of t h
ad a ce e Q R P to Q R 6 .
F O R M UL A No . 11 6 .
GR O P W C A
C P L
M
( ja o r R i g h t O b li u e q
+ P Q R 4 + Kt Q B 5 .
D
If Strat e gi c L in e of O p e ration th e n Q R 5 Q R P Q R , 6 QRP .
If L ogisti c L in e of O pe ration th en K Kt 6 K Kt P .
GR A ND RI GHT OBLI QUE EN P O T E NCE EN A PPUI W IT H

C R O CHE T A L I GNE D .
MA X IM . oul d m r ly m int in h i p o ition of dv t g on

Wh it e sh e e a a s s a an a e
t h righ t
e d tt k by t h
an a ro h t l ig d unl
ac e c c i mm di t l in of
e a ne , e ss an e a e e
op r tion i p r nt d w h n it lw y mu t t on b
e a s s e se e ,
e a pt d
a s s a ce e ac c e e .
256 TH E GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 117 .
Ma jor L ft O bl iq
e PQB6 ue .
V O bj tiv P l n
ec e a e .
D
a e c e e a .
GR A ND LEFT OB LI QUE .
FIG . 207 . B
( l ac k )
.
( W h i te )
MA X I M .
-
. t
W h a h as b n
i d in r g rd to t h gr n d front by t h
ee sa e a e a s e
righ t p pli
a qu ll y to t h gr d front by t h l ft Supp or t t h B P
es e a e an s e e . e
b for o upyi ng t h p oint B 6 if t h t p oint i d f n d d by dv r

e e cc e ,
a s e e e a e se
pi
e ces .
GR A N D LE F T O B L I Q UE . 25 7
F O R M UL A N o . 118 .
GL O
M
Ma jor L ft O bliqu
e e PQB6 PKR3 .
S tr t gi
e e a .
G R A ND L E FT O B LI Q UE W I T H MI NO R C R O CHE T .
( Blac k ) .
( Whi te .
MA X IM — I f t h
. e m inor ro h t i for m d mu h t h b tt r ;
c c e s e ,
so c e e e b ut it
is s up rfl
e uo u ft r
s a e th
e o up tion of t h tr t g ti bj tiv
cc a e s a e e c O ec e .
258 T HE GR AN D TA O TI CS OF C H E S S .
F O R M UL A No . 11 9 .
GL O J
O P R
M
(Ma jor L ft O bli qu
e e — RJ D + P Q B 6 + P K 4 Kt K B 5 .
Vx R X K un
D
K R 4 K R P .
G R A ND O B LI QUE W I T H M A JO R C R O CH E T .
F IG . 2 09 .
(Blad e )
( Wh i t e )
MA X IM — F
. ro h t l ign
m the
or c c e a e d an d a w it h t h K R P N v r
tt ac k e . e e
be d t rr d fro
e e t i p ro
e un l
m h s c e ss e ss y u o ur t l y
c an l ul t t h
acc a e ca c a e e
ch ec k m t of t h
a e dv r K or t h
e a e se , e d i iv g in of m t ri l
ec s e a a e a .
260 TH E GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A No . 1 21 .
G L O P W
(M a jor L ft O bl iqu
e —R U + P
, ) Q B 6 + P Q Kt 5 + P Q R 3
e
+ KR Q B 1 + Q R Q m 1 + K Q R 2
S tr t gi
e e a .
GR A ND L E F T O BLI QUE EN P O T E NCE EN
a . 2 11 .
( B l ad e )
( Wh i te )
MA X IM . of t h fin t form tion k no wn in gr n d t ti
— Th i s is on e e es a s a ac cs .
Bl k i h l pl
ac s T h i p o ition h o l d b W h it
e e ss . s m o d l in l l l in
s s of u e e s
’
e a es
m n uvr
a oe g in t obj tiv pl n l o t d on t h l ft
e a a s an ec e a e ca e e e .
G RA N D LE F T O B L I Q UH . 2 61
F O R M UL A . No . 1 22 .
GL O P W K
(M aj o r L e ft O b li q
ue
S tr t gi
a e c L in of O p r ti on
e e a .
G R A ND LE F T OB LI QUE EN P O T E NCE A PPUI

WI T H MI NO R CR O CHE T .
h a . 212 .
(Blad e )
( Wh i t e )
MA XIM . The
-
c ro ch e t is w e ll to h v a e, b ut i s not in di p n bl in th i
s e sa e s
s itu tion
a .
A ll g r n d front wh i h
a sdir t d by t h righ t or by t h
c a re ec e e e f on ti
le t c s
t ut e a w inning up riority in p o ition l l l b in g qu l

s e s ,
a e se e e a .
F O R M UL A N o . 123 .
GL O A W K
M
( ja o r L e ft O b l i que
D
Str t gi Lin of O p r tion
a e c e e a .
GR A ND L E FT OB LI QUE ALI GN E D EN A PPUI W I T H

M IN O R CR O CHE T .
FI G . 2 13 . (B l ad e )
( Wh i t e )
MA X IM Bl k
. ac ca n do noth ing on t h righ t L ong b for h
e . v il e e e c an a a
of h is o up tion of
cc a the l ogi ti h orizon t h obj tiv p l n w i ll b
s c , e m ec e a e e co
m an de d by W h it e .
2 64 THE GR AN D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 125 .
GL O A W J
O P L
M
( ja o r L e ft O b li q ue
If S tr t gi L in of O p r tion th n K R 4 K R P
a e c e e a e .
If L ogi ti L in of O p r tion t h n Q B 1 K R
s c e e a e .
G RA N D LE FT O B L I Q UE ALI G NE D E N A PP UI WI T H
M A JO R C R O CH E T .
FI G 2 1 5
. .
Wh i te ) .
M AX I M — A t ac k
,
t by t h e le ft if
,
a l in of o p r tion xi t
e e a s e s s ; ot h r wi
e se,
for m t h e c ch e alro t ign d e .

GRA N D LE F T OB L I Q UE . 265 A
F O R M ULA N o . 12 6 .
(M aj o r Le ft O b li que
+ Q R Q B 1 + K Q Kt L
G R AN D L E FT O BL I QUE WI T H CR O C HE T AL I G NE D .
FI G 2 1 6
. .
Wh i t e )
.
M AX IM — A tt ac k by t h v n of t h R P to R 6
e ad a ce e .
F O R M ULA N o . 127 .
GL O P W C A
<
O P R
M
M
( ja o r L e ft O b l i q
u e
V X R K mR
D
KR P KR aK RP K R e
GR A ND L E FT OB L I QUE EN P O T E NCE EN A PP UI W I T H
C R O CHE T A L I GN E D .
F I G 2 17
. .
MA X IM — A tt ac k b t he vn
ad a ce o f t he R P t o R 6
.
y .
F O R M UL A N o . 128 .
M
(M ajor Righ t O bli qu R f e e use d R K
, , U) + P K Kt 6 + K R K Kt 1
+ Q R K B 1 + K K R L
D
. K 5 K R K B 6 K B R
GR A ND RI G HT O B L I Q UE R E F USE D .
Bl ac k .
F I G 2 18
. .
(Blad e )
W h i te ).
MA X IM . Th i s b t front th t B l
is th e es a ac k c an h op for
e , an d b tt r
e e
th n h v r
a e e e c an g et if W hi t pl y p rop rly
e a s e .
G RA N D L E F T O B L I QU E R E F U SE D .
This front properly constructed establishes a w in

, ,
ning superiority in position a s a g ainst the lo gistic

horizon ; but it is inferior to either the grand ri ght or
the gr a nd le f t O bliques
.
F O R M UL A N o . 129 .
GL O R
O F R O F Q O FL
(M aj or Le ft O bl ique R fu
e sed R , U) P Q Kt 6
D
Q R 4 Q R R Q R 5 Q R R Q R 6 Q R R
G R AND LE FT O B LI QUE R E F USE D .
W h it e .
FI G 21 9
. .
MA X IM B l k h ould tt k by t h m jor righ t obliq

. ac s a ac d u e a ue , an e
d to obt in o m m n d of t h obj tiv pl n w h i l W h it i l borio u ly

e av o r a c a e ec e a e e e s a s
m oving g i n t t h l ogi ti h orizon

a a s e s c .
F O R M U LA N o . 130 .
G L O R P
(M ajo r Le ft O bli qu R fu
e e se d R , U) P Q Kt 6 PQR5 .
G R A ND L E FT O B LI QUE R E F US E D EN P O T E NC E .
Wh it e .
F I G 221
. .
( Blad e )
Wh i t e )
.
GR A N D LE F T O B L I Q UE RE F US E D . 2 73
G R A ND LE F T O B LI QUE R E F USE D P O T E N CE .
Bl ac k .
MA X IM . Th i front w ill p i r t h dv r w ing

s e ce e a e se , b ut i t s w e ak n e ss is
t h t it h
a as not t h dir tion of t h obj tiv pl n
e ec e ec e a e .
2 74 THE GR A N D TA O
. TI CS OF CH E S S .
F O R M UL A N o . 131 .
GL O R A
(M a jor L ft O bli qu R fu
e e e se d R ,
U) P Q Kt 6 PQR6 .
L ogi ti
s c L in of O p r tion
e e a .
GR AN D LE F T OBLI QUE R E F USE D A ND A LI G NE D .
W h it e .
( Wh i t e )
LE S S E R L O GI S T I C S .
L esser L ogisticstre ats of those movements of f
which a re cont ained in lines of Mobilization and in
of D evelopment .
LO GI S TI C S O F T H E Q R P .
PR IN CIPL E .
I In all strate gic fronts directed by the left an d in all

.
,
single strategic fronts directed by the righ t t h e Q R P , ,
if deployed should be posted at Q R 3

, .
II In all strategic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
and in all double str ate g ic fronts directed by the ri ght ,
the Q R P if deployed should be posted at Q R 4

, ,
.
III The Q R P S hould never be deployed in an y

.
strate gic front directed by the ri g ht refused .
The Q R P is the guardi a n o f the extreme Quee n s ’
w in g Its duty is to prevent a n a dverse piece from

.
occupying Q Kt 3 an d especi ally to prevent the a dvers e

,
Q R P from occupying the point Q R I .
B ut it is not responsible for the preservation of both

‘
these p oints a g ainst a simult aneous att a ck of the hos t il e

Q R P an d a nother adverse piece an d to su ff er the ,
Q R P to be thus a ssailed is all else being equ al a

, , ,
serious error .
In all stra tegic fronts directed by the right an d in ,
w hich the objective plane is loc ated on the centre or the

King s wing the duties of the Q R P are absolutely con
’
,
fined to the defence of the Q R file or the points Q Kt 3 ,
and Q Kt 4 Fo r the fulfilment of this duty i t is bes t

.
posted at Q R 2 or at Q R 3 and its removal from these ,
points is an error entaili n g loss of time by the w astin g

,
of moves which properly should be devoted to develop

ing the m ain line of offence an d of defence .
LO GI S T I CS OF TH E QRP . 2 81
The only case in which the functions o f the Q R P b e

come o ffensive is w hen a tactical defect exists in the
a dverse position whereby the a dv ance of the Q R P
,
ensures the g ain of adverse m aterial In all such c a ses .

,
a l l else being equal the neglect to at once a ssume the

,
offensive wi t h the Q R P i s an error .
In all str ategic fronts of oper ations directed by t h e

right an d in which the objective pl ane is loc ated on the
,
Queen s w ing the functions of the Q R P a re de fe n

’
,
S ive only when it is needed to su p port the occu p ation of

,
the point Q Kt 3 by a Kt e n r o ut e to Q B 5 ; in which c ase

the Q R P rem a ins a t Q R 2 so th a t in c ase an a dverse ,
piece c ap t ures the Kt i n t r a n si t u a t Q Kt 3 t h e Q R P , ,
by ret aking m ay strengthen the str ategic front an d also

, ,
o p en the Q R file for the attack by the R s ag a inst the ’
objective pl a ne .
In all other cases the best post f or the Q R P is at

Q R 5 w here it covers the Kt posted at the logistic o b
,
j e c t i v e from the a tt a ck of the adverse Q Kt P a s if the , ,
l atter i s a dv a nced the Q R P at once exch anges thus

, ,
O p ening the Q R file for the a ction of the R s

’
.
In a ll fronts of oper a tions not refused and directed

by the left the obj ective pl ane being loc ated on the
,
centre or on the King s w ing the functions of the Q R P

’
,
a re a bsolutely defensive and its movements a re limited ,
to forming the en a ppui .
In all minor str a tegic fronts of operation refused

a n d directed by the left the objective pl a ne being loc a ted
,
either up on the centre the King s W ing or the Queen s

,
’
,
’
wing the functions of the Q R P are absolutely de fe n

,
sive an d it should not be removed from Q R 2 an d such

, ,
remov al is an error .
In al l m ajor fronts of operations refused a n d directed

by the left the objective pl a ne being located either upon
,
the centre the King s w ing or the Queen s w ing the

,
’
,
’
,
functions of the Q R P a re a bsolutely o ffensive and it ,
e a rly should be posted at Q R 4 .
In all s t r a tegic fronts of whatever n a ture w h e n the ,
opponent h as m a de a t a ctic al error by re a son of which ,
a n y m a n oeuvre of the Q R P ensures a g a in in m a teri a l ,
such m a n oe uvre all else bein g equ al is true an d must

, , ,
a lw ays a n d at once be m a de an d any neglect to m a ke

,
such man oeuvre is an err or .
W henever the O p ponent has est ablished a m aj or front

of oper a tions by the left and i s moving on a compound
,
line of m a noe uvre en echelon or doubly aligned then a n d , ,
in this c ase only the Q R P should be a dv a nced to Q R 3

, ,
a n d pl a ced en crochet in the minor m aj or or gr and , ,
str a tegic fi o n t directed by the ri ght for the purpose of ,
covering the logistic horizon .

to allo w the points w hich it g uards to be attacked simul

t an e o usly by two or more adverse pieces is all else being , ,
equ al an error
,
.
In all str a tegic fronts directed by the right the f unc ,
tions of the Q Kt P a re absolutely defensive It is best .
posted at Q Kt 2 an d its remov a l from th a t post unless

, ,
the objective plane is loc ated on the Queen s win g i s an ’

,
error ent ailing loss of time by the w astin g of a move

w hich properly should be devoted to developing the main
line of offensive or defensive oper a tions an d by seri ,
o us ly,
and frequently f a tally w eakening the defensive,
resources of the general position by cre a tin g a defect

in the strategic front by thus uncoverin g the point ,
QB3 .
But in all cases w herein the objective plane is loc ated

on the Queen s w ing the proper post for the Q Kt P is
’
the point Q Kt 4 From thence it protects the Q P from

.
the a ttack of the adverse Q B P and is in a situation to ,
retake any a dverse piece w hich m ay capture the Kt o c

c upyi n g Q B 5 There it e stablishes an impregnable
.
str ategic front and opens the Q Kt file f or t h e action of

,
the ro c k s a gainst the objective plane .
In all minor strategic fronts refused and directed by

the left the functions of the Q Kt P are absolutely de
,
fensive an d it S hould be posted at Q Kt 3 in support of

, ,
the Q B P .
In all m ajor strate gic fronts re fused and directed by

the l eft wh atever the loc a tion o f the objective pl a ne the
, ,
proper post for the Q Kt P is Q Kt 4 in support of the ,
QBP .
In all m ajor strategic fronts not refused an d directed

by the left w ith the objective plane located on the centre
,
or on the King s w ing the pro p er post for the Q Kt P is

’
,
Q Kt 4 in support of the Q B P
, .
LO GI S TI CS OF TH E Q Kt P 2 85
I n al lm ajor str ategic fronts not refused and directed

by the left the movements of the Q Kt P are limited to
,
the form a tion of the en echelon .
E rrors in t a ctics by the opponent in any str ategic

front whereby the O pportunity to g ain m a teri al is pre
,
sented must be a vailed o f by the Q Kt P But all such

,
.
opportunities must be cautiously and thoroughly investi

g ated a s the s acrifice o f a p awn and often of a piece is
, , ,
fully compens ated for by the elimination of the support

of the Q Kt P from the strate g ic front .
LO GI S TI C S OF T HE Q B P .
PR I NCI PL E .
. I In all strategic fronts directed by the right the ,
Q B P alw a ys should be deployed a t Q B 3 .
II In al l str ategic fronts directed by the left a n d by

.
the left refused the Q B P alw ays should be deployed a t

,
QB4 .
I I I The Q B P never S hould be deployed in a n y str a

.
t e g i c front directed by the right refused .
The Q B P i s the corner stone in all str ategic fronts

-
not refused which a re directed by the right wh a tever ,
m ay be the loc at i on of the obj ective plane a n d for purely ,
defensive p urposes it is the most import a nt f a ctor in the

str ategic front .
The duty of the Q B P is to support the Q P a fter the

est a blishment of the l a tter at the point Q 4 ; to cover
the point Q Kt 4 from occup ation by the h ostile Q Kt or
K B a n d in all S itu a tions wherein the objective p l a ne is
,
loc ated on the Queen s wing to support the Q Kt P a fter

’
the l atter h as been a dv a nced to its fourth p oint Inci .
dent ally it is the province of the Q B P to c o o p er ate -
with the Q Kt P to cover the left wing of the gener al

position to prevent the a dverse Q or K B from pe n e t ra t
,
ing the centre v i a the King s m a jor di agon al a n d to p re

’
,
vent the a dverse Q Kt from a cting v i a Q 4 or Q Kt 4 ,
u p on the point Q B 2 at which point there origin ally

,
LO G I S TI C S OF T HE Q P .
PR INC I PL E .
I The Q P alw ays should be deployed at Q 4 in all

.
str a tegic fronts directed by the right or by the left or , ,
by the left refused .
II In all str ategic fronts directed by the right

.
fused the Q P alw ays should be deployed at Q 3

, .
The Q P is the centre of all strate g ic f ro n ts not re

fused which a re directed by the right In all such .
positions the Q P alw ays should be posted at an d be

m aint ained at Q 4 F a ilure to do this is a n error and
.
,
to a dv a nce the Q P from this post except on a line of ,
operations or in a ch ange of front from t h e right oblique

,
to the m ajor or grand left oblique is usu ally a f at al ,
error which should lose the g a me w ith correct pl ay on

,
the p art of the opponent This like w ise a pplies to all

.
fronts of operations w hich are re f used and directed b y '
the left .
All else being equ al the Q P m ay usu ally be ex

,
ch anged without detriment provided it c a n be repl a ced

,
by a Kt a n d an y opportunity to gai n m ateri a l presented

,
to it through t a ctic al errors by the O pponent m ay under ,
like conditions be av ailed of w ithout fe a r

, .
In all str ategic fronts refused an d directed b y the

right the proper post for the Q P is the point Q 3
, .
In all str ategic fronts not re fused and directed by the

left the proper post for the Q P is Q 5 The neglect to
, .
s o post the Q P is an error and its removal from this,

LO GI S TI CS OF THE QP . 2 89
post is frequently a f atal error w hich w ith cor rect pl ay

, ,
on the p a rt of the o ppqn e n t should lose the g ame

, .
In all mobilizations w herein the str ategic front i s to

be directed by the left the preserva tion of the Q P is of
,
the highest importance .

LO G I S TI C S OF THE K P .
P R I NCI PL E .
I The K P alw ays should be deployed at K 4 in a ll

.
strategic fronts directed by the right or b y the left or ,

.
by the right refused .
II In all str ategic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
the K P should be deployed at K 3 .
The logi stics of the K P are identical to the logis

tics of the Q P as this p awn holds the s a me rel ations to
,
the fronts directed by the right as the Q P does to those

fronts directed by the left an d to those fronts directed
,
by the left a s the Q P does to those fronts directed by

th e . ri
g h t .
LO GI S TI C S O F T H E K Kt P .
PR INCI LE
P
.
I In all strate g ic fronts directed by the right an d in

.
,
a ll double str a tegic fronts directed b y the left a n d in a l l

,
major and gr a nd str ategic fronts directed by the right

refused the K Kt P if deployed S hould be posted at
, , ,
K Kt 4 .
II The K Kt P never S hould be deployed in any

.
str ategic front directed by the left refused nor in any ,
minor strate g ic front directed by the right refused .
The logistics of the K Kt P a re identic al to the logis

tics o f the Q Kt P a n d the consider ations w hich govern
,
the Q Kt P apply equally to the K Kt P .

LO G I S TI C S OF T HE K R P .
PR IN CI PL E .
.I In all strategic fronts directed by the ri ght and in ,
a ll single str a tegic fronts directed by the left the K R P

, ,
if deployed S hould be posted a t K R 3

,
.
II In a ll double str ategic fronts directed by the left

.
,
the K R P if deployed should be posted at K R 4

, , .
III The K R P never should be deployed in any

.
refused front .
The logistics of t h e K R P a re identic al with the logis

tics o i the Q R P an d the consider ations which govern
,
the l atter a pply equally to the K R P .

LO GI S TI C S OF T H E W HIT E K Kt .
PR I NCI PL E .
.I In all strate gi c fronts directed by the right refused

or by the left refused the white K Kt a lw ays should be
,
deployed at K B 3 .
II In all str ategic fronts directed either by the right

.
or by the left in which the s uppo rt i n

,
r allel is com
p l e t e d the white
,
K Kt S hould be dep
a ll str a tegic fronts directed by the right left ,
in wh i ch the supportin g pa r allel is incomplet ed the ,
w hite K Kt should be deployed a t K B 3 .
The white K Kt i s best posted at K 2 previous to the

a dv a nce of the K B P to its fourth in al l strategic fronts
directed by the left wherein Bl a ck h as a dopted the close

d efence i e h as ,
m a.de . an y other move th a n 1 P — K 4
in re p ly to W hite s initi al deploym ent of the K P two
’
sq u a res But in al l c a s es wherein Bl a ck a nswers 1 P

.
K 4 by l P — K 4 the best post for the K Kt i s a t K B 3

, ,
a n d the res p onse of 2 K Kt B 3 is W hite s best second ’
move .
The chief functions of the w hite K Kt when de ployed

a t K B 3 a r e to support the a dv a nce of the Q P to its
fourth to men a ce the bl ack K P at K 4 to sust ain the

, ,
p oints K Kt 5 an d K R 4 which a re men a ced by the

hostile Q an d to cover the p oint K B 2 from any attack
,
by the adverse Q or R s along the K B vertic al ’

.
LO G I S TI C S O F T H E B LAC K K Kt .
P R I NC I P L E .
The black K Kt al w ays should be deployed at K B 3 .
The bl ack K Kt never should be deployed at a n y othe r

point th an K B 3 If ho w ever through an error of the
.
, ,
opponent Bl a ck has been en abled to est a blish the m ajor

,
right or the minor left oblique then an d in this c a se , ,
only the bl a ck Kt m ay be deployed at K 2

,
.
Fo r the special province of the black K Kt is to pre

vent the w hite Q from occupying the points K Kt 4 a n d
K R 5 and to cover the point K B 2 a g ainst any att ack
,
vi a the K B vertical This point K B 3 never c a n

.
s afely be denuded of the presence of a Kt s o long a s t h e

prime str at egetic point is located on the centre or the
King s S ide a n d Bl a ck h as not est ablished a m ajor front
’
,
of O p erations by the right .
C onsequently it is evident th a t it is a serious str a tegi c

error for Bl a ck to exchange his K Kt or to interru p t in ,
an y w ay its line of communic a tion with the point K B 3 ,
u ntil he h a s first est ablished his g a me as fully equ al to
W hite s a n d h as initi a ted an o ffensive line of develop

’
,
ment by the right s o long a s his K rem ains on the

,
centre or h as c a stled K R W henever W hite h a s a do p ted

.
a close opening or Bl a ck a close defence the black K Kt

, ,
a lw ays S hould be deployed a t K B 3 .

LO G I S TI C S O F T H E W HIT E Q Kt .
PR I NCI PL E .
I In all strate gic fronts directed by the right refused

.
or by the left refused the w hite Q Kt al w ays should be

,
deployed at Q B 3 .
II In al l str a tegic fronts in w hich the kindred K Kt

.
is deployed a t K 2 the w hite Q Kt al w ays should be

,
deployed at Q 2 .
In the strategic fronts directed by the right in

a ll ,
which the Q P is loc ated at Q 4 the w hite Q Kt should ,
be deployed at Q 2 But in all such fronts in which the

.
Q P is a bsent the Q Kt is best deployed a t Q B 3

, .
S hould the str ategic fro n t t ake the direction by the

left the Q Kt a lw ays should be deployed at Q B 3 ; but
,
such deployment usu ally should not t ake pl a ce previous

to the a dv a nce o f the Q B P to its fourth if the Q P is ,
on the bo ard .
C onsequently it is obvious that the deployment of the

Q Kt w hile extremely simple nevertheless requires
, ,
a ccur a te timing a n d th a t it should be del ayed u ntil t h e

,
perm anent loc ation of the objective plane is determined ,
a n d until such time a s the Kt c a n be brought in one
move to his pro p er post .
W henever the opponent has a do p ted the close de

fence to the O pen g a me by re p lying to 1 ,
P — K 4 by
a n y other move th a n 1 P K 4 an d es p eci ally if B lac k
,
h a s we akened his centre or Queen s w ing by o n e

’
or more str ategic errors the Q Kt should be quickly

,
deployed a t Q B 3 to c o oper ate with kindred pieces in

-
preventing B l a ck from elimin ating such defects from h i s

str a tegic front Thus if Bl a ck pl ays 1 P Q 4 or 1 P
.
, ,
K 3 or ,
1 P —
Q B 4 the, Q K t should be de p loyed at
if Bl ck pl ys — K or — K
Q B 3 ; b u t a a 1 P Q t 3 1 P ,
B 3 ,
— K —
or 1 P K Kt 3 or 1 K t B 3 or 1 Q Kt — B 3 or
, , ,
1 P Q 3 ,
the Q Kt should be deployed a t Q 2 unless the ,
white str ategic front t akes the direction of the left in ,
w hich c ase the w hite Q Kt is best deployed a t Q B 3 after

the a dv ance of P to Q B 4 .
W henever W hite O pens w ith the close g a me the white ,
Q Kt a lw ays should be deployed at Q B 3 b ut never ,
before the Q B P h as been first deployed to its fourth

s qu a re .
LO GI S TI C S O F T H E W HIT E K B .
PR IN CI PL E .
I In all strate g ic fronts directed by the right the

.
,
white K B is best deployed at Q B 4 if the objective

pl ane is perm a nently located on the centre other w ise it ,
is best de p loyed at Q 3 .
II In al l strategic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
the white K B al w ays should be deployed at K 2 .
I I I In al l strategic fronts directed by t h e l e ft the

.
'
w hite K B alw ays should be deployed at Q 3 .
The K B is the chief bis hop in all lines of mobiliza

tion w hich are directed by the right and it i s h a rdly l ess
,
v a l uaBl e th a n the Q B in a ll lines of mobiliz ation which

a re directed by the left It is a strong piece in every
.
situ ation an d should not w ith out due reg ard be ex

, , ,
ch a nged for a Kt the a dverse Q B or even for R The

, ,
.
points at which the K B is properly to be deployed in the

O p en g a me a re Q 3 Q B 4 Or Q Kt 5
, ,
.
W henever B lack h as m a de one or more str a tegic

errors a n d h as exposed the objective pl a ne to decisive
,
a tt a ck by a simple str a tegic line of oper a tions then the ,
pro p er post for the K B is at Q B 4 where he c o oper ates

,
-
to the best a dvant age with the Q at K R 5 a n d the Kt at ,
K 5 K Kt 5 or K R 4 in the attack of the objective

, , ,
pl an e .
LO GI S T I CS OF THE W HI TE K B . 3 01
But in all positions wherein Bl a ck has m ade no error ,
the correct post for the K B is at Q 3 ; an d this is its

proper post w h atever the loc ation of the prime str ategic
p oint or wh atever the loc ation of the objective pl a ne
,
.
W henever the objective plane is situ ated on the centre

a n d a t a ctic al defect exists in the bl a ck position the ,
white K B c an frequently w ith much e fie c t be posted at

, ,
Q Kt 5 .
But in all cases w henever the w hite K B is forced to

retire from either Q Kt 5 or Q B 4 he should alw ays re,
tire to Q 3 unless on a ccount of a str a tegic or a t a ctical

, ,
error by Bl a ck the comm a nd of the bl a ck K Kt m ajor

,
di agon al is an essential f a ctor of the line of a ction .
In the close g ame the best post for the white K B is

a lw ays at K 2 a s it is his s ecific duty to defend the
, p
K Kt posted at K B 3 against the att a ck of the hostile
Q B posted at Q Kt 2 and its functions are primarily
,
defensive .
LO G I S TI C S OF T H E B L AC K K B .
PR INCI PL E .
I In all strate g ic f ronts directed by the right refused

.
,
the bl a ck K B alw ays should be deployed at Q B 4 .
II In all str ategic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
the black K B al w ays should be deployed at K 2 .
The bl a ck K B is one of the most import ant f a ctors

in the early operations of Bl a ck an d alw ays should be
,
posted as soon as possible at the point Q B 4 an d never

’
should be deployed other w ise in all those str ategic fronts

w hich result from 1 P K 4 on the part of Bl a ck .
The bl a ck K B never should be posted at K 2 or Q 3

in the open ga me an d as a rul e it should be deployed at
,
Q B 4 a s soon as m ay be after the occup ation of the

point K B 3 by the black K Kt an d even before th at if
, ,
O pportunity serves .
The correct point of retre a t for the black K B in the

open game is the point Q Kt 3 an d it is a serious di s ad
,
v a nt a ge to be compelled to retire this piece to K 2 .
In the close g a me the functions of the bl a ck K B like ,
those of the w hite K B are defensive in character and

, ,
it is best posted at the point K 2 in support of the Kt

posted at K B 3 .
3 04 T HE GR A N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
is K 3 unless by reason of other str a te g ic or tactical

,
errors by Black he is most properly m anoeuvred on the

bl a ck Queen s m aj or di a g onal in w hich c a se he m ay re
’
,
tire to K R 4 .
In the close g a me the w hite Q B is correctly posted

only at Q Kt 2 Hi s functions are in all such c a ses pri
.
marily o ffensive H e should be deployed a t this point

.
a s early a s possible and the student is w a rned a g a inst the

,
f allacious deployment of the white Q B at either K B 4

or at K Kt 5 in the close opening except when such ,
deployment is dictated by the principles of g reater

logistics .
LO GI S TI C S OF T H E B L AC K Q B .
PR I NCI PL E .
I In all str ate g ic fronts directed by the right refused

.
,
the bl a ck Q B alw ays should be deployed at K 3 .
I I In a ll str a tegic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
the bl a ck Q B a lw ays should be deployed at Q Kt 2 .
The functions of the bl a ck Q B in the close g ame like ,
those of the white Q B a re prim arily O ffensive This

,
.
piece is usu ally best deployed a t Q Kt 2 an d al w ays,
s o if both Q P an d Q B P be not exch a nged But in all

.
c a ses wherein the Q P and the Q B P are e a rly ex

ch anged the bla ck Q B i s best deployed a t Q 2 a n d
, ,
thence t o K 1 L ater if the bl a ck str ategic front t akes

.
,
the form of the minor left oblique the best post for the
,
bl a ck Q B is the point K B 2 .
LO GI S TI C S OF T H E W HIT E K R .
P R I N C I PL E .
I In all str ategic fronts directed b y t h e right the

.
,
white K R should be de p loyed at K B 1 .
II In all str ategic fronts directed by the left or by

.
the left refused the w hite K R S hould be deployed at

,
Q1 .
In al l str ategic fronts of oper a tion w hich a re directed

by the right the p ro p er post for the K R is the point
,
K B 1 But in c ase t h e prime st ra tegetic point i s perma

.
n e n t ly loc a ted on the centre or Queen s w i n g the best

’
,
post for the K R i s either K Kt 1 or K R 1 In al l c a ses .
in which both K P a n d Q P h a ve been exch anged the ,
p ro p er post for the K R i s the p oint K 1 .
In t h e close g ame the bes t post for the K R i s the

'
p oint Q 1 .
LO GI S TI C S OF T H E W HIT E Q R .
P R I NCI PL E .
I In all str a tegic fronts directed by the right the

.
,
white Q R should be de p loyed a t K 1 .
II In all str ategic fronts directed by the left or by

.
the lef t refused the white Q R should be deployed at

,
QB1 .
In all strategic fronts direc t ed by the right the pro p er

,
point a t which to deploy the Q R is the point K 1 But .
if the Q P h as been exch anged or both K P an d Q P

,
h ave been exch a nged the proper point at which to deploy

,
the Q R is the point Q 1 .
In a ll str a tegic fronts which a re directed by the left ,
the only correct post at w hich to deploy the Q R is the

point Q B 1 .
LO G I S TI C S OF T H E B L AC K Q R .
P R INC I PL E .
I In all str ate gic fronts directed by the ri ght refused

.
the bl a ck Q R S hould be de p loyed a t K 1 .
II In a ll str ategic fronts directed by the left refused

.
,
the bl a ck Q R Sh ould be deployed a t Q B 1 .
In al l str ategic fronts of O p er a tions directed tow a rd

the right the only correct post for the Q R is t h e p oint
,
K 1 a n d in a ll str a tegic fronts which a re directed by the

,
left t h e only correct po s t for t h e bl a ck Q R is the p oint

,
Q B1 .
In all c a ses however i n w hich Bl a ck h a s been a ble to

,
’
a ssume the o ffensive the bl a ck Q R m ay be deplo y ed i n

,
the s ame m anner a s the white Q R .

LO G I S TI C S OF T H E W HIT E Q .
PR I NC I PL E .
.I In al l str ategic fronts directed by the right an d by

the left refused the white Q is best deployed at Q 2
,
.
II In a ll stra teg ic fronts dir ected by the left the

. . ,
w h ite Q is best deployed at K 2 .
In all str a tegic fronts of o p er ations w hich a re directed

by the right the Q is best de p loyed on the poin t Q 2
,
.
S he m ay also be deployed at Q B 2 but such deployment ,
i s only justified by a str ate g ic or a t a ct i cal error of the

opponent .
In all str ategic fronts directed by the left the Q is ,
best deployed at K 2 ; a n d in f a ct in these situ ations s h e

, ,
m ay not properly be deployed a t a n y other p oint .
W henever the O ppone n t h as committed one or more

str ategic or t a ctic al errors in the e a rly opening a n d e s ,
p e c i al ly if the objective pl a ne be loc a ted either on the

centre or on the King s side the Q m ay frequen t ly an d
’
, ,
with much e ffect be deployed at K B 3 at K R 5 or at

, , ,
QR4 .
It is extremely r are that the Q c a n be deployed at

either Q Kt 3 or a t K Kt 4 or at K B 3 to an y l a sting
, , ,
a dv a nt a ge ; a n d never c a n s h e be thus d eployed if the
defensive me a sures taken by the O pponent h a ve been

scientific ally correct .
In the close g a me the Q is only properly deployed at

the point Q 2 a n d the Q is never properly deployed a t
,
K 1 or at Q B 1 except when by such deployment one

,
or more str ategic or t a ctic al errors on the p art of the

opponent m ay be a v ailed of to the most adv ant age .
L IN E S O F M A NCEUVRE .
A L in of M n uvr i o mpo d of th o mov m nt w h r b y

e a oe e s c se se e e s e e a
gi v n for ugm nt it lf to t h gr t r for

e ce a e so mp r d to t h
se e ea e ce as c a e e
o p po ing for
s ce .
L ines of m an oeuvre a re divided into three cl a sses

I . SI M PL E .
II . C O M PO UN D .
III . C O M PL E X .
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen not a cting on a line of oper a tion alw ays

man oeuvre a n d never m an oeuvre otherwise th a n str ate
,
g i c ally ,
i e a.gainst points
.
; a n d alw ays combine w ith
a m a n oeuvre th at deployment or development which
properly I s I n sequence in t h e given situ ation .
A S i mp l e L i n e Of M a n oe u vre is composed of those

movements w hose object is to occupy a given point w ith
a given piece a t a time w hen such occup ation will compel
,
the O pp onent either to a dopt an improper str ategic fro n t ,
or to improperly construct the str a tegic front a dopted .
A sim p le line of m a noe uvre never aims at more than

a g ain in position a n d is never b a sed upon a strategetic
,
we a kness A simple line of m an oeuvre al ways h as for

.
its objec t the pro p er deployment or development an d ,
the compelling of the o p ponent to ado p t a n inferior

str ategic front to est ablish improper piece u nits to
, ,
improperly loc ate the objective pl a ne an d to est ablish ,
uncovered points .
LI N E S OF M A N (E U VRE . 313
PR I NCI PL E .
H av m g the initi ative in a single line of m an oeuvre ,
a lw a ys select th a t move which will est a blish the str a tegic
front upon the str ategetic centre a n d prevent the o p pon

ent from doin g likewise or will oppose a full front to
,
the a dvers ary s front refuse d or a m ajor front to his

’
,
minor front or a gr and front to his m ajor front

,
.
P
SI M L E L I NE O F M AN (E UV R E .
FIG . 225 .
MR . W R A E .
( Bl a d e )
MR . Y UNO G .
Wh it to m ov
e e .
T HE PL A Y .
B L CK
A .
X L —K s .
P— Q4 .
P K3 .
B — B 4
B X B .
B B 4 .
F—KRa
P t
B —B 1 .
And W h ite won .
A Comp o un d L i n e Of M a n Oeuvre is composed of those

movements whose object is to occupy a given point with
a given piece a t a time w hen such occup a tion will compel
the opponent either to adopt an im p roper str ategic front ,
or to improperly construct the str a tegic front a dopted ,
a n d a t the s a me time w ill me n a ce him eithe r w ith loss
in m ateri al or with the junction of the given de t e rmi

,
n ate force w ith the kindred hypothetic a l force .
A compound m a n oeuvre aims a t gain in m ateri al ,
either indirectly by destroying a portion of the a dverse

force or directly by occu p ying a point On t h e logistic
,
horizon an d uniting w ith the kindred hypothetic a l force .
A com p ound line of m a noeuvre al ways is b a sed u p on

a str a tegetic w eakness cont a ined either in C l a ss V VI .
,
.
,
or V II .
P R I NCI PLE .
H aving the initiative in a compound line of m an oe u

v re
,
a lw ays select th a t move which u nites the p roper
development of the strategic front w ith the greatest ,
possible g a in to be derived from men a cing the strate g etic

‘
weakness existing in the a dverse position .

A Co mp lex L i n e of M a n oeuv r e is composed of those

movements whose object is to occup y a given point w ith
a given piece a t a time when such occu p a t ion will com
pel the opponent to a do p t either a n impro p er str at egic

front or to improperly construct the str ategic front
,
a dopted a n d at the s a me time will men a ce him with the

,
loss of the prime str ategetic point .
A comp lex line of man oeuvre al ways aims at g aining

comm and of the O bjective p l a ne an d i s b ased upon a
,
str ategetic w e akness cont ained in either C l ass I II .

, .
,
III or I V
.
,
P RI N C I PL E .
H a ving the initiati ve in a complex line of m an oeuvre ,
alw ays select th a t move which unites the proper devel

o pm e n t of the str ategic front w ith the g re ates t menace
ag ainst the objective plane .

LI N E S O F M A N a: U VRE . 317
CO M PL E X LI NE OF MA N ( E UVR E .
FIG . 227 .
M R FE E . LN R
A .
MR . Y UN O G .
T HE PL A Y
WHIT L CK
.
E . B A .
B— Q R 6 1 . P— QB 4 .
Kt — B 6 ck
( ) . 2 . P X Kt .
— K B 2
Q R xR 3 .
Q .
B — Q 6 ck
( ) . 4 . K—R l .
Kt B5 . 5 . B — Q B l .
B X B . 6 . P — Q R 4 .
K6 —KB S
P . 7 .
Q .
B—K5 . 8 .
Q — K 2 .
B — Kt 7 ck
( ) . 9 . K— R 2 .
B >< K t . 10 . R >< R .
—KR 5
. R x R . 11 .
Q .
W h it e a nnou ces n ma t e In n ine moves .

L IN E S OF O P E R A TI O N .
A Li n of O p r t i on i o mpo d f t h o
e e a s c se o se m o v e m e nt s w h e r e b y
th e gr t r for ov r o m t h o ppo i ng f r
ea e ce e c es e s o c e;
L ines of oper at ion are divided into three cl a sses

I . ST R A T E GI C .
II . T A C T IC A L .
II I . L O GI S T I C .
The object of a li n e of O per a tion a lw ays is either to

~
comm a nd the objective pl ane to unite a determin ate force

,
with the kindred hypothetic al force or to destroy a ,
portion of the a dverse force .
A S t r a t eg i c L i n e Of Op e r a t i o n is com p osed of those

processes whereby the gre ater force a cquires p ossession
of the objective p l ane .
A str a tegic line of O per ations a lw ays origin ates in a

complex line of m an oeuvre ; it alw ays is directed a g ainst
a str a tegetic we akness either of C l a ss I or of C l a ss II .
an d its v a lue is determined by the coe fficient of mobility
O f the ultim a te objective pl a ne .
The v alidity of a n y projected str a tegic line of O p er

a t i o n s is determined by the mobility of the ultim ate
objective pl a ne .
P R I NCI PL E .
Whenever the net value of the kindred r a dii of o ffence

is c al to the mobility of the ultim ate objective pl ane ,
the projected str ategic line of o p er a tion is v alid .

( Bl a d e )
MR .Y UN O G .
W h it to m ov
e e .
T H E PL A Y
WH IT
.
E .
B X Kt .
R xB .
P—B 6 .
Q — Kt 5
(ck ) .
B >< R .
Q >< P (e k ) .
R—K R I .
Q
Che ck mate .
L IN E S OF OP E R A T I O N . 3 21 A
MR Y UN. O G .
W h it to m ov
e e .
T H E PL A Y
WH IT L CK
.
E . B A .
B — K B 6
Q Kt 4
_
-
. Kt — t 3 K .
Kt — B 5 . B — K3 .
Kt R 6 ( ck ) . K— R l .
—
Q Kt 5 . Kt (B 3 ) K 2 .
B X K t P (ck) . K x B .
KB6 —
Kt .
Q Q 1 .
Kt R 5 ( ck ) .
K—R L
—KB G M
.
Q Q .
C h e ck ma t e .
3 22 THE GR A N D TA OTI CS OF CH E S S .
FIG . 23 1 .
H RRE KA U M NN
F A .
(Bl ac k
it )
Wh e .
M R Y UN
. O G .
W h it to m ov
e e .
T HE PL A Y
WH I T
.
E .
P — Kt 5 .
P >< K t ck
( ) .
R
C h e ck m a t e .
3 24 THE GRA N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
A Ta c t i c a l L i n e Of Op e r a t i o n is composed of those
processes whereby a n opposing force is reduced to the
lesser force by the destruction of one or more of its
integers .
A t a ctic al line of oper a tion alw ays origin ates in a

compound line of m a n oe uvre .
A t a ctic a l line of oper ation al w ays is direc ted a gainst

those stra tegetic we aknesses which are cont ained in
C l a sses III V or V I an d i t s v alue is determined by
.
,
.
,
.
,
the excess of radii of o ff ence over the a d v erse r adii of

defence .
The processes which a ppertain to t a ctic al lines of

oper a tion a re domin a ted by the princi ples of m ajor -
t a ctics These evolutions a re tre ated of i n ex t en so in

.
“
The M aj or T a ctics of C hess .
The v alidity of an y projected t a ctic al line of oper a

tions is determined by the excess of kindred radii of
o ff ence over the adverse r a dii of defence .
P R I NC I P L E .
W henever the
total of k indred r adii of o ffence is
s um
gre ater th a n t h e s um tot al of a dverse r a dii of defence ,
the projected tactical line of O per ations is valid .

L L NE S OF O P E RA T I O N:
FIG . 233 .
T HE PL A Y .
In situation W hite pl ayed Kt Q P an d the

g a me continued
WHIT E . B L CK
A .
1 . Kt t .
2 .
Q — K4 ck
( ) . Kt — K 2 .
3 .
Q X R B — Q B S .
Kt —
4 Q x R P Q E I .
Bla ck
FIG . 234 .
M E SS R S . S T N AND
O E SA U L S E N .
( R t ac h
MR . Y UNO G.
Wh it to m ov
e e .
replied with Q K B 3 W hite then pl ayed Q Q B 2 .
a n d Bl a ck took the white Q R The g ame continued .
\VH I T E .
B L CK
A .
1 . Kt — Q R S . 1 . B —Q5 .
2 . B —
Q Kt l . 2 . P— KB 4 .
3 — K
B Q t 2
~
. .
And W h ite wo n .
328 THE GRA N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
FIG . 23 6 .
MR . Y UN O G .
( Bl a d e )
Wh i te .
)
MR . H RL W
A O .
Bl ac k to mov e .
T HE PLA Y .
I VI I I T E .
B L CK
A
And Bl a ck wo n .
LI NE S OF OP E R A T I O N . 3 29
MR . R NT
SA GE .
B l k to m ov
ac e .
T HE PL A Y
WH IT
.
E .
—
2 .
Q QL
3 . B — QB 2
4 . B — QE L
5 .
—
Q Q3
6 . P x R
. .
7J R _
K a
8 . K Kt 1 .
A nd Bl a ck
A L og i s t i c L i n e of Op e ra t i o n is composed of thos e
processes whereby a given hypothetic al force is united
to the kind e determin a t e force .
A logistic line of O per a tion a lw ays originates in a

compou n d line of m an oeuvre a n d al w ays is directed ,
a g a inst a str a tegetic we a kness cont a ined either in C l a ss
I V V or V II
.
,
.
,
.
A logistic line of operation a lw ays is directed agains t

those str ategetic we a knesses which a re cont a ined in
C l a sses I V V or V II a n d i t s v a lue is determined by
.
, .
, .
,
the freedom of the p a wn altitudes from a dverse points

of resist ance .
The p rocesses incident to logistic lines of O per a tion

a re tre a ted i n e x t e n s o in The M aj or T a ctics of C hess
“ ”
.
The v alidity of a n y projected logistic line of oper a

tions is determined by the a bsence of a dverse points of
resist ance from the kindred pa w n altitude .
P R I NCI PL E .
W henever all adverse points of resistance are or can

be elimin ated from one or more kindred p a wn a ltitudes ,
then the projected logistic line of O p era tions is v alid .

FIG . 23 9 .
W h i te ).
C PT IN A A MA CK N I E Z E .
Bl ac k to m ov e .
PL A Y T HE .
In this situ ation the g a me O bviously is dr a wn Black .
h aving to move pl ayed B Q 2 le aving his Q P a p

, ,
p a re n t l
y in a dequ a tely supported The g a me co n tinued .
WH IT E .
Q x Q R
K t x Q P (ck ) .
K t >< Q (c k ) .
Kt x B P .
Kt x K R .
LI NE S OF OP E RA T I ON . 3 33
W hite n ow did not s e e fit to s a crifice the Q P by

P Q 5 ( ck ) but moved R Q 2 whereu p on Bl a ck
, ,
won by blocking the position by K Q 4 an d R vi a

—
K Kt 1 to K Kt 5 t he n p l aying Kt to K R 4 withdr a w ,
ing the R to K Kt 2 a n d occupying K Kt 5 with the Kt;

,
then bringin g the R to Q 2 withdr a wing the K to B 3

,
a n d posting Q B a t K 5 v i a Q 4 followed by K Q 4
,
a g a in ; t hen by returning R to K Kt 5 w ithdr a wing the

,
Kt to K R 4 a n d from thence moving it to Q Kt 4 after

, ,
which the R wa s brought in two moves v i a K Kt 2 to

p
Q Kt 2 w hereupon Black w on a t once by Kt x Q R P

, .
3 34 T HE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
MR . Y UN
O G .
T HE PL A Y .
WH I T E. B L CK
A .
— K 8 Q) R — KB 8
P ( . .
—
Q K 2 . R — Q Kw .
Q R x Q
Q xQ . B — Q O .
Q x (ck)
Kt . K x Q .
P — Q 8 (Q ck ) . K —B 2 .
Q >< R .
R >< R . 9 . R — Kt 8 .
— K e 10 Q — R 8
Q . .
K — Kt 2 . 11 . B >< R .
Q x Q . 13 . R
Q >< R . 14 . B X Q .
B — B 2 . 15 . P — K B 3 .
K — B 2 . 16 . P X P .
B P x P . 17 . P— K B 5 .
P x P . 18 .
Q B X P .
K — Ki s . 19 . B — Kt 5 .
K t — R 4 . 20 . P — Kt 4 .
P >< K t ck
( ) .
K x B . 26 . P X B .
K x P . 27 . P— B 6 .
B l a ck wo n .
LI N E S OF OP E R A T I ON . 337
FIG . 2 42 .
MR . SA U L SE N .
MR . Y UN O G .
Wh it to m ov
e e .
T HE PL A Y .
WH IT E . B L CKA
K — B 1 .
K —B 2 .
P— R 5 .
P — R 6 .
P— R 7 .
PQu e e ns ( ck ) .
—
Q Q R 1 ( ck ) .
And Bl a ck fis i g n s .
G re ater L ogistics
tre ats of those movements O f
which are cont ained in lines of M an oeu re a n d in
v
of O p er ation .
LO G I S TI C S OF W HIT E S F I R S T M O VE
’
.
If in a tourn ament or in a m atch at chess a n d h aving

, ,
the white pieces you should O pen the deciding g a me

,
with 1 P K R 3 to s ay th at you thereby woul d cre ate

,
a sens ation a mong the onlookers would be putting it
mildly .
As a m atter of f act your friends would look at you in

bl ank dism ay s o to spe ak whilst your opponents would
, ,
hug themselves a n d mur m ur gleefully to e a ch other ,
W hom the gods seek to destroy they fi rst m ake m ad ,

”
,
and other like trite an d equ ally a pplicable quotations .
If however you should bl andly a sk them to point out

, ,
t h e incongruity a tt a ching to your initial pl ay they all , ,
with one voice w ould tell you th at It is a w a sted

,
“
move $ or worse It w e akens the King s side an d b e

”
,
“ ’
comes a m a rk for a tt a ck after castling ; or Yo u should ”
h ave o p ened your g a me on the centre of course , .

”
If now you should ask them h o w c an they tell but

th at you will be more benefited l ater in the g ame by
this posting of the p a wn th a n you will be hurt by the
,
immedi ate loss of time ; an d if you should a sk them

how they know whether you intend to c a stle or not ,
an d if you h a ve not still the O p tion of c a stling Q R ; a n d
if you S hould suggest that you could even now p roceed

as second pl ayer w i th the a dvanta ge of h a vin g the
,
K R P at its third to prevent the p osting of the a dverse

Q B or K Kt a t your K K t 4 — you wo uld find th at a
,
number would appl a ud an d express a dmir ation for the

soundness an d ingenuity of your st atement and that ,
pl ayers of the highest r a nk an d men of good j udgment, ,
while far from a ccepting your f all a cy yet by it a re ,
reduced to silence or to mere vocifera tion

,
.
F o r these people have never he a rd nor re a d what you

yourself here read for the first time
PR INCI PL E .
I N ever form the right a ppui by posting the K R P

.
a t K R 3 until the objective pl a ne h a s been or must b e ,
come loc ated on the Kin g s wing a n d the m aj or righ t

,
’
,
oblique h as been or c a n be est ablished

, ,
.
II N ever form the right minor crochet by postin g

.
the K R P at K R 3 until the opponent h a s est ablished

,
the m ajor right oblique refused and echeloned .
Thus you se e it obviously i s w ro n g a n d unscientific ‘
for either W hite or Bl a ck to deploy P K R 3 on the

—
first move ; a n d s o cle a r a n d positive i s the principle

which governs the pl ay of this integer of chess force
throughout the g a me th a t with the exercise of ordin a ry
,
common sense you S hould never be a t loss a s to when

a n d when not to pl a y P — KR3 .
Ag ain suppose th at you h ad on yo ur initi a l move a s

,
W hite pl ayed 1 P — K Kt 4 In like f a shion you would

.
,
h a ve brought down about your e a rs a storm of con t umely ,
a n d a s before this from peo p le utterly un a ble to give

, ,
a logic a l a n d conclusive re a son for the f a ith th a t is in
them This is no more di fficult to formul ate th a n is the

.
p receding .
PR I NCI PLE .
I Never form the right echelon by P K Kt 4 until

.
the m ajor ri ght oblique is established a n d the objective

T HE GR A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
Before tre ating of the K P a n d the Q P a s a n initi al

m ove for W hite let us as a m a tter of simplicity proceed
, , ,
w ith the consideration of the p aw ns on the Qu e en s ’
W ing .
The Queen s rook s p awn i s re a dily disposed of viz

’ ’
,
.
PR I NC I PLE .
I N ever form the left a ppui by P Q R 3 until t h e

.
prime str ategetic point an d t h e obj ective pl ane h ave both

been permanently located on the Queen s wing an d until ’
,
the m ajor left oblique i s or c an be est a blished

, , .
II N ever form the left minor crochet by P Q R 3

.
until the o p ponent h a s established the m ajor left oblique

refused and echelo n ed .
The initi al move of 1 P Q Kt 4 is no less u n s c i e n

t i fic th an the preceding a s will re a dily be seen from t h e
,
following
PR I NCIP L E .
I N ever form the left m ajor crochet by P — Q Kt 4

.
until the objective pl ane is perm anently loc a ted on the

Queen s win g an d the right ob lique is est ablished
’
,
.
II Never form the left echelon by P Q Kt 4 u ntil

.
the prime str ategetic point an d the objective pl a ne have

both beco m e perm anently loc a ted on the Queen s wing ’
,
an d the m ajor left oblique is est a blished P refer a bly .
form t h e left a pp ui with K a t Q R 2 a n d Q R at Q Kt 1 ,
previous to forming the left echelon by P Q Kt 4 .
The initial move of Q B 4 while n o t s o o b j e c

1 P ,
i
t o n ab l e as 1 P — K B 4 in a smuch a s the King is not
,
thereby s o gre atly exposed i s however O p en to simil a r , , ,

LO GI S T I CS OF W H I T E S F I R S T M O VE
’
345
l
criticism The str ategic front is com p elled to t ake di

.
rection to the left or to the left refused for the poin t ,
Q B 3 is now denuded of i t s p a wn a n d in case W hite

,
a ttempts to est a blish the O p en g a me by P — K 4 his king ,
must c a stle Q R O f course W hite c an continue with

.
the close g a me when his king m ay properly c astle K R ,
but in this c a se he a dopts w h at this theory considers an

inferior str a tegic front a n d gives Bl a ck more security
,
th an he is entitled to a n d more th a n he will possess if

,
the proper initial move is m a de by W hite .
PR I NCI PL E .
I N ever form the left e n potence until the objective

.
p l ane is perm a nently loc a ted on the left a n d until the ,
left O blique is est a blished .
II N ever form the left alignment until the left oblique

.
refused is est ablished .
The initi al move of 1 P Q 4 for W hite i s reg arded

a s a sound opening by a l l a uthorities This theory.
pl ainly decl a res t h at i v h i le the situ ation resulting equ ally

‘
from 1 P Q 4 an d 1 K Kt B 3 i s s o strong a n d v alid

when rein forced b y the a dv a nt age of the first move
'
,
th a t it is properly to be reg a rded a s a legitim ate

line of mobilization yet it is far inferior to 1 P K 4
, ,
for the str ategic front thus obt ained is n o t est a blished
upon the str ategetic centre In most inst a nces it does
.
not t ake the direction of the objective p l ane ; in no

c a se does it p ermit of the form a tion of the crochet
a ligned ; a n d in a l l c a ses the prime str a tegetic p oint is
p erm a nently loc ated on the refused wing a l l of which

,
is in direct o pp osition to this theory .

3 46 THE GRA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
P RI NCI PL E .
N ever form the left oblique refused by P Q 4 when

it is possible to est ablish either the right oblique or the
left oblique by the initi al move of 1 P K 4 .
The initi al move of 1 P — Q Kt 3 is very b a d, an d

should never be a dopted by W hite .
P R I NCI PL E
N ever form the except as an accessory to
fian c h e t t o
the oblique refused a n d then only when the objective
,
p l ane is or must become perm a nently loc a ted on the

, ,
opposite w ing .
The best initi a l move for W hite is 1 P K4 .
P R I NCI PL E .
Alw ay s deploy so that the right oblique m ay be re a dily

est ablished in c a se the objective pl ane rem ains upon or ,
becomes perm anently loc a ted on the centre q r on

,
the
King s wing or th a t the l eft oblique m ay be re a dily e s
’
, .
t ab l i sh e d if the objective pl a ne becomes perm anently

loc ated on the Queen s wing or th at the crochet aligned
’
,
m ay re adily be est ablished if the objective pl ane becomes

p erm a nently loc a ted otherwise th a n at the extremity of
the strategic front .
P R I NCI PL E .
All else bein g equal the strate g etic defe n sive al w ay s

,
loses .
PR INC IPL E .
Thin g s bein g unequal the strate g etic def ensive may

,
dr a w .
PR I NCI PL E .
W h etherthings be equ al or unequ al the strategeti c ,
defensive never can win .
Thus you s e e th at these principles being true Bl a ck

, ,
i s in b ad sh a pe All writers heretofore h ave left him in

.
th at condition and h a ve f ailed to notice th at there is o n e

,
ra
y of light for the poor fello w I n a ll this viz ,
P R I NCIPL E .
It is much e asier to oper a te o ffensively th an to ma

n oe uv re defensively but it is much more di fficult to m a
,
n oe uv re o ffensively th an to m an oeuvre defensively .
All this me ans that ag ainst a we aker force it is easy

to att ack an d to wi n even by crude an d bungling pro
,
cesses and th at for the we a ker force to defend success

,
fully even a g ainst such processes requires the gre a test

, ,
skill an d a ccuracy But w hen the forces a re equ al things

.
,
a re different . True it is e a sy to att a ck ; but to att a ck

,
scientific ally is e x t re m e l v di fficult while to neutr a liz e ,
a m un s c i e n t i fic a tt a ck is m atter of comp arative ease .
H ence the following

LO GI S T I CS OF B L A CK S’
F I RS T M O VE .
PR I NCIPLE .
The n a ture of the o ffensive is constructive a n d the ,
n ature of the defensive is destructive an d the prime ,
energies of the defence alw ays must be devoted to de

stroying those form ations w hich the attack l abors to
erect .
This principle is the pol a r st a r of the defending pl ayer

in all situ ations .
'
But this is n o t all It i s evident th at if Bl a ck remains

.
Bl a ck th at he c annot win and that i f Bl a ck w ants to

, ,
w in he must become W hit e Thus w e have

,
‘
P R IN C I PL E .
H a vi n g origin ally t h e str a tegetic de f ensive a cquire ,
the str a tegeti c o ffensive a s e a rly as possible an d h aving ,
a cquired the str a tegetic o ffensive mobilize de v elop m a , , ,
n oe uv re a n d oper a te a s though h a ving the str a tegetic

,
o ffensive origin ally .
The following t able shows the possible opening moves

by W hite a n d the p roper responses by Bl ack
,
WHIT E .
1 P— K4 ( B e st) .
1 P K 3 ( I n f e ior ) r .
1 P K B 4 ( I f e rior ) n .
l P— K B 3 B
( d)
a .
1 P — K Kt 4 ( B a d) .
1 P K Kt 3 ( B ad
) .
1 P— K R 4 (B ad
) .
1 P — K R 3 B ad )
( .
I n f e rior
1 P Q 4 ( ) .
1 P Q (B ad)
3 .
35 0 T HE GR AN D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
1 P Q B 4 (I n f erior ) . 1 P — K4 .
1 P Q B 3 ( I n f e rior) . 1 P — K4 .
1 P— Q K t 4 (B ad) . 1 P— K4 .
1 P Q Kt 3 (B a d) . 1 P —K4 .
1 P — Q R 4 (B ad) . 1 P -
K4 .
— 1 P — K 4
1 P Q R S (B ad) . .
1 K Kt K B 3 (In fe rior) . 1P— Q4 .

m
1 K K t — K R 3 (B a d) . 1 P— K 4 .
1 Q K t e—Q B S (B a d) . 1 P — K 4 .
1 Q K t — Q R 3 (B a d) . 1 P— K 4 .
THE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
BL CKA .
WH I T E.
1 P — K 4 (B e s t) . 2 Kt — K B 3 .
1 P — K 3 (I n f e rior) —
. 2 P Q 4 .
1 P 2 P— Q4 .
— K Kt 4 2 P — Q4
1 P ( B ad
) . .
1 P — K Kt 3 ( B a d) . 2 P Q 4 .
1 P 2 P Q 4 .
1 P — K R S (B a d ) —
. 2 P Q4 .
1 P— I n f e rior P — Q 4
Q B 4 ( ) . 2 .
1 P — —
QB 3 (B a d) . 2 P Q 4 .
1 P 2P — Q4 .
1 P Q Kt 3 (I n f e rior) . 2 P— Q4 .
1 P 2 P— Q4 .
1 P — Q R 3 (B a d) . 2 P — Q4 .
1 Kt — K B 3 (B ad) 2 P — K 5 , fo llo we d b
.
y
3 P— Q4 .
K R 3 (B ad) —
1 Kt . 2 P Q 4 .
Kt B I n rior —
1 Q 3 ( f e ) . 2 P Q 4 .
1 Kt — Q R 3 (B ad) . 2 P — Q4 .
If after 1 P—K P K 4 W hite plays B3 2 Kt — Q ,

, ,
he thereby is guilty of a str ategic error in a smuch a s he ,
commits himself prem a turely to the a tt a ck by t h e left an d ,
—
permits Bl ack to m a n oeuvre a s W hite by 2 Kt K B 3 .
If W hite p l ays 2 P K B 4 he is guilty of a str a tegic ,
error in p rem aturely forming the en potence a n d per

mitting Bl ack to m anoeuvre a s W hite by 2 P Q 4 .
p l a y s 2 P Q B 3 he is guilty of a str a tegic,
error in committing himsel f prem a turely to the att a ck

by the left a n d permitting Bl a ck to manoeuvre as W hite
,
by 2 P Q 4 .
If W hite pl ays 2 B Q B 4 he i s guilty of a stra te ,
gic error in permitting Bl a ck to O per ate as W hite by

2 Kt KB3 .
LO GI S TI CS OF WH I TE S SE
’
C O ND M O VE . 353
H ence w e h a ve
P R IN CI PLE .
N ever permit Bl a ck to est ablish those form ations

w hich by the
,
a dv a nt a ge of the initi a tive properly
, be
long to W hite .
LO G I S TI C S OF B L AC K S S EC O N D M O VE
’
.
A ft e r l P — K 4 1 P — K 4 line an d 2 Kt — K B 3 , th e
, ,
of m a n oeuvre becomes complic ated by the entry of the

element of m ajor t a ctics i e the bl a ck K P is men a ced
,
. .
w ith c a p ture by the white K Kt All situations of t his .
kind are domin ated by the following
PR I NCI PLE .
L oss of material all else being equal al w ays leads to ,
loss of position and eventuates in decisive loss in both

,
.
C onsequently , unless there be a corresponding g ain ,
Bl a ck c annot permit the c a pture of his K P and he o h

v i o usly is restricted in his selection of a second m
,
ove to
one w hich prevents the thre a tened loss of m a teri al .
The following t able S ho w s the various res p onses pos

s ible to Bl a ck a fter W hite s move 2 Kt KB3 ’
.
WH I T E . L CK
B A .
2 Kt — K B 3 . 2 Kt K B 3 (I n f e rior) .
—KB 3
2 Kt . 2 Kt Q B 3 (B e s t) .
2 Kt — K B S . 2 P Q (
4 I n f e rior ) .
2 Kt — K B S . 2 P Q 3 (I n f erior) .
2 Kt — K B 3 . 2 P K B 4 (I n f e rior) .
2 Kt — K B S . 2 P — K B 3 (B ad) .
2 Kt — KB 3 . 2 Q K 2 (B a d) .
2 Kt — K B 3 2 Q — K B S B ad
( )
‘
. .
THE G RA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
2 QKt — B 3 . But like 2 P Q 4 this a ttempt

,
on the
p a rt of B l a ck to a ss ume the offens i ve an d to pl ay as
W hite w ill f ail a g ainst the best pl ay an d result i n the
inferior g ame for Bl a ck The re a son of this is th a t
.
W hite alw ays by the a dv a nt a ge of the move w ill be

, ,
a ble to denude the bl a ck King s wing of the K K t an d

’
,
compel Bl a ck to c a stle on th at side or else to secure a

,
great a dv a nt a ge in deployment resulting from Black s ’
loss of time on the centre .
PR I NCI PLE .
W ith the prime strategetic point loc ated on the centre

or the King s w in g and the str a tegic front being refused
’
,
either by the right or by the left the King s k n ight an d

,
’
the communic ations of the Ki ng s knight with the kin

’
dred point K B 3 must be preserved until such time as

the front b v the right refused c a n be aligned or the ,
K Kt c a n be repl a ced at K B 3 by the Q Kt .

LO G I S TI C S OF W HI T E S THI R D M O VE
’
.
After 1 P — K 4, 2 Kt
1 P— K4 ; 2 Kt — K B 3,
Q B 3 the subsequent pl ay O f W hite throu g hout the
,
opening I s domin ated by the follo w in g
PR I NCI PL E .
N ever permit Bl a ck fter he h as played 1 P K 4 to

a ,
est ablish the first supporting p a r a llel or to deploy his ,
K B at Q B 4 or to tr ansform his front by the right re

,
fused into the minor right oblique until by so doing he ,
permits W hite to est a blish the m ajor right oblique an d

to dislodge the Bl a ck Kt from the Bl a ck point K B 3 ;
a n d a lw ays when possible compel the deployment of the
, ,
Bl a ck Q P at Q 3 previous to the deployment of the

Bl a ck K B .
The fo llo w m g table shows the fe a sible responses of

W hite to Black s deployment of 2 Q Kt
’ — B 3 :
B L CK
A . WH I T E .
2 Q Kt — B 3 . 3 B Q K t 5 (B e s t) .
2 Q Kt — B 3 . 3 B Q B 4 (I n f e rior) .
2 Q K t — B 3 . 3 Q Kt B 3 (B a d) .
— I n f e rior
2 Q K t B 3 . 3 P Q 4 ( ) .
K —B 3 P QB 3 (B d)
2 Q t 3 . a .
3 P Q B 3 by W hite is
,
b a d because it,
permits, Bl a ck
to est ablish at once the first supporting p ar allel by 3 P
Q 4 a n d subsequently to deploy a s W hite .
3 Q Kt B 3 by W hite I s b ad because W hite 18 thus

, , ,
committed to the att ack by the left a n d also permits ,
Bl a ck to de p loy the K B either at Q B 4 or at Q Kt 5 .
3 P Q 4 by W
,
hite is infer i or bec
, ause it s ub se
,
q uently permits the deployment of the Bl a ck K B at
QB4 .
3 B Q B 4 is inferior bec ause it permits Bl a ck at,
once to est ablish hi s K B a t Q B 4 .
W hite s best third move is 3 B

’
Q Kt 5 bec ause it ,
prevents the deployment of the Bl a ck K B at Q B 4 or

a t Q Kt 5 or of the Q P a t Q 4 a n d limits Bl a ck to a
, ,
e n t on the right oblique ref used
ml
.
a u c
l .
P-
K“ I 7 . “4
1 “I B
Q 3
kk K3 3
“
~
z .
lation of the princi ples of m ajor t a cti cs i e a t a ctic al ,

. .
blunder which i n this c a se would lose him his K P

,
.
3 B Q B 4 for Bl a ck is bad ; a s W hite thereby w oul d

’
, ,
be en abled to e v entu ally est a blish the first supportin g

“
parallel by the a dvantage of the move .
Bl a ck s best move is 3 Kt K B 3 This deploymen t

’
,
.
is entirely in h armony W i t h str ategic principle a n d ,
Bl a ck s position at this point i s the best th at he c a n

’
a tt a in a g ainst correct pl ay on the p a rt of W hite .
Bl a ck s subseq uent pl ay in the open i ng is governed by

’
the follo w ing

P R I NC IPL E .
N ever permit W hite

to establish the first supporting
parallel nor to convert his minor str ategic front into a
,
m ajor or a gr and str ategic front having the direction of

the objective pl a ne .
S hould W hite succeed in est ab lishin g a m ajor or a

gr a nd str a tegic front never perm anently loc ate the prime
,
strategic point at the extremity of such a dverse strate

gic front an d in the l atter c ase never permit a white Kt
,
to become posted at B 5 011 th a t w ing upon which the '
p rime strategetic point i s or must become p erm anently

loc ated .
LO G I S TI C S M O VE .
W hite s best fourth move in the opening formed by

’
the foregoing is 4 P Q 4 a s pl ayed by M orphy ff f

—
, . .
p
W hite by this move de ploys the proper pa w n forms ,
the first supporting p ar a llel prevents Bl ack from pl aying

,
—
4 KB — B 4 or 4 P —
Q 4 or even 4 P Q 3 That is
‘
,
.
, ,
Bl a ck c a nnot deploy a s the situ ation is one of m aj or

,
t a ctics an d he is men a ced with the loss of m ateri al .
Bl ack s p roper reply an d the further treatment of this

’
a n d of a l l other chess O penings w ill be found in the

,
fourth volume of this series entitled C h e s s S t r a t eg e t i cs

, ,
I l lus t r a t e d .
LO GI S TI C S OF T H E PR I M E S T R A T EGE TI C
P O INT .
The situ ation of the pri m e str a te g etic point w ith re

g ard to the objective pl ane i s the very essence of this
system of chess pl ay an d under all circumstances the
,
m ovement termed “
c astling is domin ated by the fol
”
lowing principles :
P R I NCI PL E .
W henever the objective pl ane is permanently located

o n the centre w ith a ll speed c a stle K R open the King s
’
, ,
file an d occupy it w ith the King s rook

,
’
.
P R I N C I PL E .
W henever the O bj ective plane i s or must become per

m an e n t ly loc ated on the King s wing an d the righ t
’
oblique is or c an be est ablished a n d the King s file is

,
’
o p en wi th all s p eed c a stle K R an d occu p y the Kin g s

,
’
file with the K R if the black King s w ing is denuded of ’
a Kt ; but if the K file is closed or if a black Kt is ,
posted at Bl ack s K B 3 occupy t h e King s file with the

’
,
’
QR .
P R I N C I PL E .
If the str a tegic front is directed by the right refused

or by the left refused a n d the op p onent h as not and
, ,
c annot establish a m ajor str ate g ic front castle K R ,

.
LO GI S TI C S OF O B J EC T I VE P L AN E S .
The location of the King w hen reg a rded a s the centre

,
of the objective pl ane a lw ays i s domin ated by the

,
f ollowing
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen the strategic front is a minor front a n d is ,
directed by the right the opponent m ay loc ate the o b j e c

,
tive p l a ne on the right p rovided he c a n prevent the

,
development of the a dverse front into a major or a

gr and front .
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen the str ategic front is a minor front an d i s not

,
directed either by the right or by the left the op p onent

,
should loc ate the objective pl a ne on the side which is

not the extremity of an a dverse m ajor or g r an d front ,
nor exposed to the att a ck of the crochet a ligned .
P RI NCI PLE .
W hen the str ategic front is a minor front a n d is ,
directed by the left the O pp o n ent m ay loc a te the o b j e c

,
tive pl ane on the left provided he c an prevent t h e

,
development of the a dverse front into the m ajor or

grand front .
LO G I S T I CS OF OB J E C T I VE P LA N E S .
PR I NCI PL E .
W hen the stra tegic front is a m ajor front a n d i s ,
directed by the right the opponent must locate the

,
o bjective plane on the left .
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen the str ategic front is a major front a n d is ,
directed by the left the opponent must loc a t e the

,
objective pl ane on the right .
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen the str ategic front is a m ajor front a n d I S ,
directed by the right refused the opponent should loc ate ,
the objective pl ane on the left .
P R I NCI PL E .
W hen the str a tegic front is a maj or front an d is ,

’
directed by the left refused the opponent should locate

,
the objective plane on the right .
P R I NC I PL E .
To prevent the development of a minor front by the

right with a m aj or front the objective pl ane being
,
loc ated on the right t h e adverse Q P should rem ain at

,
Q8 . If however the Q P is at Q 4 the K B P m ay be

, , ,
utilized for th at purpose .
PRI NCI PL E .

left into a m ajor front the objective p l a ne should be
,
loc ated at Q K t 1 an d the Q B P posted at Q 13 3

,
.
866 THE GRA N D T A O T I CS OF CH E S S .
PRI NC IPL E .

right refused into a m ajor front refused the objective ,
pl ane being loc a ted on the right align the str at egi c
,
front by P — K B 4 .
PR I NCI PL E .
To prevent the de velopment of a minor front by t h e

left refus ed into a m ajor front refused the objective ,
pl ane being located on the left ali g n the strategic fron t

,
by P Q B 4 .
P R I NC I P L E .
To prevent the development o f a single front directed

by the right into a double front by the form ation of t h e
crochet ali gned the objective pl ane bein g located on the
,
left maintain the Q P at Q 3 and exch ange the a dvers e

, ,
knights .
P RIN CI PL E .
To preve n t the development of a single front di rected

by the left into a double front by the form ation of t h e
crochet ali gned the objective plane bein g located on t h e
,
ri ght exchan g e the a dverse knights

, .
3 68 THE GR A N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
P R I NC I PL E .
The minor left o blique refused is inferior to all

str ategic fronts directed either by the right or b v the
left or b y the right refused
,
.
I t properly should be opposed by the minor centre

enceinte .
P R I NC I PL E .
A m ajor front est ablished is superior to a m i nor f ront

directed either by the right or by the left or by the ,
ri g ht refused or by the left refused .
PR I NCIPL E .
A m ajor front established by the ri ght is best opposed

by a m ajor or gr and front directed by the left refused
but a tentative front of this kind usu ally is readily
demolished by a minor front directed by the left refused
an d a ligned .
PRI NC I PLE .
A m aj or front established by the left is best opposed

by a m aj or or gr a nd front directed by the right refused ;
but a tentative front of this kind usually is re adily
demolished by a minor front directed by the right
refused an d aligned .
PR I NC I PLE .
A m aj or front established by the right refused is

properly O pposed by the right oblique if the objective ,
p l ane a ppert aining to the latter is loc ated on the right .
O ther w ise it properly should be O pposed by the m ajor or

gr and left O blique .
LO GI S T I C S OF S T RA TE GI C F R ON T S . 3 69
PR I NCI PL E .
m ajor front est ablished by the left refused is best

A
o pp osed by the m ajor or gr a nd right oblique This .
front should never be met with the left O blique refused .
P R I NC I PL E .
All else being equ al a gr a nd front est ablished either

,
b y the right Or by the left is superior to a ll other fronts .
P R I NCI PLE .
A ll else being equ al a gr a nd front est ablished by the

,
right refused is su p erior to a ll other fronts except the

gr and right oblique a n d the gr a nd left O blique .
it
P R I NC I P LE .
All else being equal a gr a nd front established by the

,
left re fused is superior to an y m aj or or minor strate g ic

f ront .
LO G I S TI C S O F T H E S T RA T EGE TI C
O B J EC TI VE .
The str ategetic O bjective i s determined by the loc ation

of the objective pl a ne a n d the direction of the str a tegic
f ront
.
PR I NC I PL E .
The str a tegetic O bjective of a single front directed b v

t h e right is K B 6 . This poin t is properly occupied by
a n y kindred p iece
.
P R I NC I PL E .
The str ategetic objective O f a single front directe d

by the left is Q B 6 This point is properly occupied by
.
a n y kindred piece.
PR I NC I PL E .
The stra tegetic O bjective of a singl e fro n t directed

by the right refused is K B 5 This point m ay be
.
occupied by an y kindred piece .
P R I NC I PLE .
Th e str ategetic O bjective of a single front directed

by the left refused is Q B 5 This point may be
.
occ upied by an y kindred piece .

LO G I S TI C S O F SU PP L E M E NT A R Y
F O R M A TI O N S .
PR I NCI P L E .
The front aligned is common to al l str a tegic fronts .
PR I NCI PL E .
The double al i g n m e n t appe rt ai n s only to minor

‘
an d
to m ajor fronts .
P R I NC I PLE .
The minor centre enceinte m ay be est ablished a t a n y

time a n d a pplies to a ll minor fronts except the m i nor
,
left O bliq ue refused.
P R I NC IPLE .
The minor left enceinte refused belo n gs exclusively

to the minor le f t oblique refused .
PR I NC I PLE .
The m ajor right enceinte belongs e x clusively to the

m ajor right oblique It should be est a blished only w h en
.
the O bject i ve pl ane i s loc ated at the extremity of the

strategic front directed by the right .
PR I NCI PL E .
The m ajor left enceinte refused belongs exclusively to

the m aj or left O blique refused It should be est ablished
.
a s e a rly as possible whenever this front is a dopted .

S UP P L E M E N T A R Y F O R M A T I CN S .
3 73
PR IN CI PL E .
The en potence belon g s to the m aj or an d the gr an d

fronts and should be formed a s s p eedily a s possi b l e
, ,
w hether the fron t is directed by the rig h t or b y the left ,
or W h a tever m ay be the loc a tion of the objective pl ane .
P RI NCI PL E .
The echelon belongs exclusively to the m ajor front .
It should be formed only when the objective pl a ne is

located at the extremity of the str a tegic front .
P R I NC I PLE .
The a ppui never should be formed except for the pur

pose o f supportin g the form a tion of the echelon .
P R INCI PLE .
The minor crochet n ever should be formed except for

the purpose of opposing the a dverse m ajor fro nt directed
either by the right or the left both bei n g refused and
,
echeloned .
P R I NC I PL E .
The m ajor crochet n ever should be forme d except 011

th at side O f the bo a rd on which the O bjec t ive pl a ne is
loc ated an d then o n ly for the purpose of being converted
,
into the crochet a ligned .
P R INC I PL E .
The crochet aligned never should be formed except on

th a t side of t h e bo a rd on which the objective pl a ne is
.
loc ate d an d it alw ays should be formed at once when

,
ever the str ategic front h as not the direction of the

O bjective pl a ne .
L O G I S T I C S OF O P EN F I L E S OF O P E N D I A G O
,
NA L S, A ND OF P O I N T S O FFE N S I V E .
P R I NCI PL E .
N ever f ail to seize the O pen files of the centre or of

'
th a t side on which the objective plane i s or must beco me

loc ated an d never f a il to oppose with the rooks the
,
.
comm and of such files by the a dverse rooks or queens .
P R I NC I PL E .
If the O bjective pl a ne is loc ated perm anently on the

centre seize the O pen K file with the K R
, .
P R I NC I PL E .
If t h e O bjective pl ane is loc a ted on the ri ght seize ,
the o p en K file with the Q R .
P R I NCI P LE .
I f both the K file and the Q file a re O pen and w hat ,
ever the loc ation of the O bjective pl ane seize the Q file ,
w ith Q R and the K file with K R .
PR I NC I PL E .
If the Q file is O pen an d the objective pl ane i s located

,
on the centre or on t h e King s side seize the Q file w ith

’
,
the Q R .
all portions Ofthe kindred si de

the chess board are
Of -
covered b y the defe n s i ve force radiated by the kindred

pieces .
P R I NC I P L E .
In developi n g the strate g ic front n ever leave an o pen

,
point on the perimeter wherefrom the O pponent m ay

,
operate radii of o ffenc e into the interior of the primary

base O f O perations .
PR I N C I PLE .
N ever permit any intervals to be created in the str a

t e g i c front through w hich adverse pieces m ay enter .
W henever such i ntervals are created a n d c an be

. availed O f by the O pponent al w ays occupy or comm a nd
,
them by the superior pieces .

LO G I S TI C S O F L IN E S O F M O VE M E NT .
In a g a me of chess whenever you a re not d o i n g some

,
thing you should be t ryi n g to do something Th at i s to

, .
s ay whenever vou a re not checkm a ting the a dverse king

, ,
or queening a p a wn or winning a piece you should be

, ,
trying to do one of these things with a ll vigor an d ,
incident ally you should be perfecting your str ategic front

a t the s a me time In other w o rds
.
P R I NCI PL E .
Alw ays move on a line of oper ation whenever a line

of o p er ations exists ; otherwise a l w ays move on a line
,
O f m a noeuvre a n d combine wi t h such line of m a n oe uvre

,
the proper line of development or of mobiliz ation .
So in a n y given situ ation the first question you a s k

,
yourself is “ '
C an I m a them a tic ally demonstr a te the
checkm a te O f t h e a dverse king $ ”
If you c an answer this question in the affirm ative then ,
go ahe a d a n d do it i e move 011 a str a tegic line O f

, . .
oper ations If you a re compe l led to an swer this ques

.
tion in the neg a tive then a lw ays ab andon a n y a ttempt

,
to move on a str ategic line of oper a tio n s ; for remember

th at although such line of movement m ay exist yet ,
unless you yo urself c an m a them a ti cally demo n str ate the

process th a t line of movement does n o t exist f o r yo u
, ,
.
N ow then
, , yourself the second question : C an I
a sk
“
queen a p a wn without losing more th a n the equiv alent

of the queen thus g a ined $ If you c a n m athem a tic al ly
”
demonstr a te the process go ahe ad a n d do it i e move

, ,
. .
0 11 a logistic line of oper a tions ; but if you c a n n ot a nswer
in the a ffirm ative t hen al wa ys a b a ndon a n y attempt to

,
move in th at direction at th at time .
But you still h ave one ch a nce left a n d you must a sk ,
yourself the fin al question : C an I c a pture a n a dverse

“
piece or p aw n without losing more th an the equivalent

O f the piece or p a w n g a ined $ If you c an a nswer this
”
question in the affi rm a tive and c an m athem a tic ally

demonstr a te the process then go ahe a d an d do it i 6
, ,
. .
move 011 a t a ctical line O f oper ations .
But i n all c a ses wherein you a re obliged to a ns w er

these questions in the neg ative ab andon the a ttempt ,
to move on a line of o p er a tion : and m a ke no s a crifice of

m ateri al t ake no risks alter none of your form ations
, , ,
b ut limit your a ction to a movement on a line of m anos u

v r e in a ccord a nce w ith the follo w in g
PR I NCI PL E .
G ive n a chess pl ayer a n d a situ ation of chess pieces on

the chess bo a rd ; then in the given situation a line of
-
, ,
oper ation does not exist for the given pl ayer un l ess he
can accur a tely c alcul ate a process a s the result of ,
which the winning of the game c an be mathem atic ally

demonstr ated .
A line O f m a n oeuvre a lw ays combines w ith itself

either a line of mobilization or a line of development .
As to which of these should b e combined with the line

of m a noeuvre in an y given position is determined by
the following
PR I NCI PL E .
The objective of a movement on a line of m a n oeuvre

combined with a line o f development al w ays is that ,
point w hose occup ation by a given piece at the given

time properly develops the str a tegic front an d coi n ,
promises the a dverse position as much a s i s possible at

the given tim e .
Yo u thus re a dily see th at both lines O f mobiliz a tion

a n d lines of development a r e a bsolutely subordin a te to
lines O f m an oeuvre ; th a t neither is intended to st and

sep a r ate a n d a lone but it i s a s a n a ccessory to the
-
line of m an oeuvre th a t e a ch derives i t s full p ower a n d

its v a lue a s an integr a l p a rt of the science of che s s
str a tegetics.
It wa s on a cco unt o f your trying to pl ay the g a me on

a line of mobiliz a tion a lone — for of course you then
, , ,
h a d no knowledge of lines of development m a n oeuvre , ,
a n d oper at ion — th a t a fter m a stering

, ,
The Minor T a c
tics O f C hess you found di fficulty in est ablishing the
,
”
“
p rim a ry b a ses therein l a id down But neverthe l e s s .
, ,
if your ex p erience w a s like th a t O f m any you soon found ,
th a t b y me a ns O f the a p p roxim ations w hich you were

a ble to obt a in , you were winning m
,
ore g a mes th a n you

previously h a d been a ble to do by me ans of the give “
a n d t a ke openings in the books

-
.
A str i ki n g c a se in point is t h e following The article .
f rom which it is t aken c an be found in the L o n do n

E
( g) p
n S e c t a t o r of J une 1 8 9 5 ,
It is entitled
. The “ ‘
Theory of C hess a n d constitutes a p age an d a h alf re

,
view a t once a ble a n d compliment a ry of The Minor

, ,
“
T a ctics O f C hess ”
.
L O GI S T I C S OF LI N E S O F M O VE M E N T . 3 81
The reviewer pl ayed for m any ye a rs with a friend ,
from whom he usu ally received O dds and a be a ti ng .
After a cquiring the n e w theory he (the revie w er ) h as

pl ayed a series O f g ames wit h the s a me friend (to whom
this theory wa s unknown ) without taking odds a n d has ,
not only won the m ajority of the g a mes but m ade a ,
much better fight in those he lost th a n he h a d usu ally

been a ble to make before becomin g a cqu a inted w ith the .
theory .
All this is very e a sy to expl ain Fo r the fi rst time .
you a n d the gentlem a n quoted were pl aying chess in

a ccord a nce with a system True the system wa s rudi
.
,
me n t a ry b ut it g ave you a ch ance to us e your br ains

, . .
C onsequently you h ad a decided a dv ant a g e over the

poor fellow struggling to rec all long columns of figures ,
compiled by a n a n alyst whose so le criterion a s to the

v alue of a move l ay in the fact th at some b ody some ,
where a n d at some time h a d pl ayed it in a g a me a n d

w on .
P rejudice force of h abit an d the influences of long

, ,
a ssoci a tions will c ause much discussion before this

theo ry in spite of i t s cle a rness uproots the analytical
, ,
method .
O n e pl ayer will triumph a nt l y sho w you how by bre a k ,
ing u p a form a tion prescribed in th i s theory you O b v i ,
o us ly c a n w in the g a me a nother will tell you th a t genius
scorns rule an d precept a n d wins by be a utiful a n d bril

,
li ant s a crifices of m ateri al ; an d a nother will c a ll to your

'
notice L o e we n t h a l s well known dict um
’ “
-
The judi
cio n s viol a tion of gener a l principles especi ally m a rks
the master mind -
.
It is useless to tell these people th at this theory also

approves of breakin g up its o w n forma t ions when by s o ,
doing you c an wi n t h e game ; that genius so far from

,
'
scorning rule an d precept is the ability to comprehend

,
the l aw s upon w hich rules an d precepts a re founded ;

th at a be autiful brilli a nt an d sound s a crifice O f ma
“
, ,
a l w ays is the best possible move a n d is ab s o

”
t e ri al ,
l ut e ly devo i d of risk ; a n d that H err L oe w enth a l w o ii l d

h ave s aid something w orth rememberin g h ad he but told
us when an d when not to viol ate gener al principles .
The only thing you can do is to c all their attention to

the follo w ing If after reading it their vision is no
.
, ,
cle a rer it i s no f a ult of yours nor of the theory viz

, , ,
W hen tempted to violate a principle l aid down in this

theory or to bre ak up a form a tion dict ated by 1G r and
, —
‘
T a ctics or w hene ver yo u a re in doubt as to whether

,
”
or not you a re justified in a sacrifice o f material recall ,
to your mind the follo w ing
PR I NCI PL E .
W hen acting on a line of operations all materi a l may ,
be sacri fi ced all form ations disintegr ated an d all the

, ,
p rinci p les of chess strategetics viol ated th a t are not ,
cont ained 1 n the immedi ate c alculation But w h e n .

,
acting on a line o f m a noe uvre never s a crifice m ateri al

, ,
never disintegr ate a form ation an d never violate a ,
principle of chess strate g etics .

the adverse origins situ ated u p on the peripheries O f these

geometric figures .
L og i s t i c P la n e s a re composed of a given logistic

horizon ; the a dverse p a wns ; the a dverse p a wn a lt i
t u d e s i e the points O ve r which the a dverse p a wns
,
. .
must p a ss to queen ; a n d the po i n t s of r e si s t a n c e 2

‘
0
, . e .
the origins from whence a dverse ra dii of defence a re

O per a ted a g a inst a n y point cont a ined in a given p a wn
altitude .
S t r a t eg i c P l a n e s are composed O f a given objective

pl a ne a n d of the origins occupied by both the a tt a cking
,
a n d defending pieces .
W henever a given determin ate force h a s a cquired o r ,
is a bout to a cquire a superior str ategic front a s com

, ,
p a red w ith a n op p osing force the given force is s a id in , ,
this theory to be a cting on the s t ra t g e t i c afie n si v e a n d

,
e
the o p posing determin ate force i s s a id to be a cting on

the s t r a t eg e t i c d f e n si v e e .
W henever a piece directl y oper a tes a r a dius of o ffe n ce

ag ainst an y adverse piece the former i s s aid in this , ,
theory to be a cting on the t a c t i c a l ofie n si e ; an d when

'
,
v
ever a piece directly O per a tes a r a dius of defence for the

support of an y kindred piece the l a tter is s a id in this , ,
theory to be a cting on the t a c t i a l def en s i ve

, c .
W henever the piece or the pieces a cting on either a

line O f m o b i li za t i o n a line O f develo p ment a line of
a
, ,
m a n oe uvre or a line of O p er a tion constitute a force

, ,
q
c m pe t e n t t o perform the a ction w hich is contempl a ted
by the give n line of movement s uc h a force is termed , ,
in this theory a s t r a t eg e t i c ma
,
In order th at the a pplic ation of this m ay be cle a r to

the student his a ttention is now c alled to the pieces
,
aligned i n the norm al position on the surface o f t h e

chess board in re adiness to be g in a g a me
-
.
LO G I S T I CS OF THE S T R A T E GE T I C H O R I Z O N . 8 85
W hite , h avin g the initi ative e the right to move

z . .
,
O p en with 1 P K 4 thereby a ssuming the str a tegetic

s ,
o ffensive by thre atening to establish the minor righ t

O blique a ligned a n d if permitted the m a jor right oblique
, , , ,
a g a inst the O bj ective pl a ne loc a ted on the centre .
In reply B l a ck is compelled to pl ay 1 P K 4 for by

, ,
a n y other move he will a llow the o p pone n t to est a blish
the superior str a te g ic front .
It also w ill be O bserved th at no p i ece i s directly

a tt a cked by a n y a dverse p iece s o neither W hite nor
,
Bl a ck is at a n y point a cting on the t a ctical offensive .
The t a ctic a l o ffensive m ay be assumed by any piece ,
and is g overned by the follow i n g
P R I NC I PLE .
N ever assume the t a ctic al o ffensive e xcept w ith the

superior force .
The str ategetic offensi ve a n d the strate g etic defensive

are conditions which contemplate the a ction of all the
pieces conta ined in a determin ate force at a given time ,
a n d the actions O f the deter m in a te force are g overned by
the follo w ing

P R I NC I PL E .
N ever ac t on the strategetic defensive .
F urthermore , it is O bvious th a t e a ch of the paw ns thu s

de p loyed is p ro p erly posted a n d is com p etent to fulfil its
,
duties in the str a tegic fronts projected by the opposing

pl ayers ; an d consequently e a ch of these p awns being ,
competent to perform the duties devolving u pon it is in , ,
this situ ation a str ategetic m a ss

,
.
The proper treatment of t actical pl anes a n d of logistic

planes is described i n ex t e n so in The M ajor Tactics of

“
C hess a n d the treatment of s t r a tegic pl a nes i s found

”
,
in this volume under the he a d of S tr a tegic Li he s of

O per ation .
The a rt of surveying the str a tegetic horizon ; i e of . .

,
contempl ating the v a rious str a tegic tactic al an d log i stic

, ,
planes w hich a re cont a ined in a n y given situ ation ; of

deducing from the comp a rison of th e se the true rel a
tive strength an d position of the opposing forces ; of
design a ting the correct line of movement a n d O f deter
minin g the process w hich should be initiated by the
pl ay e 1 w hose turn it i s to move — is the sum a n d s ub
,
st ance of this theory of chess pl ay .
S O w henever in a leisure moment on the t r

,
ain or at
the c af e you undertake the solution of a t w o mover or
,
when at the club you a re a sked to give an O pinion on

some intricate situ ation ; or if in a game of your o w n
you feel c alled upon to pl ay at le a st a s well as you kno w
how — i t m ay b e of moment that in other leisure
,
moments you have p roperly memorized the ch a pter

follo w in g .
3 88 T HE G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
the origins cont ained in t h e given stra tegic tactical or , ,
logistic pl a nes .
X A complex line of m an oeuvre a lw ays is b a sed

.
u p on one of the str a tegetic we a knesses cont ained in

C l asses I II III I V an d its ai m is to construct a
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
str a tegetic horizon consisti n g of a str ategic pl a fi e in

combin a tion with a t a ctic a l pl a ne or with a logistic pl ane ,
or with both .
X I A com p ound line O f m a n oeuvre a lw ays is b a se d

.
upon one of the str a tegetic we a knesses cont ained in

C l a sses V V I V II a n d its ai m is to construc t a
.
,
.
,
.
,
str a tegetic horizon consisting O f a t a ctic a l pl a ne or of

a logistic pl a ne i n combin a tion w ith like pl a nes or wi t h
,
e a ch other .
X II A simpl e line of m anoeuvre alw ays is b a sed upon

.
the initi a tive i e the right to move Its a i m is to

,
. . .
unite in t h e movement of a given piece the deployment

or the development next in se q uence t ogether with a n ,
evolution th a t assumes the t a ctic al o ffensive at a point

which prevents the O p p onent from a dopting the proper
str ategic front or from properly constructing the str a
,
t e g i c front a dopted .
X III The evolutions first in se q

. uence alw ay s are
those which a ppert a in to a str ategic li n e of oper a tion .
X I V The evolution s second in sequence alw ays a re

.
those which a ppert ain to th a t t actic al or to th at logistic

line of O p er ations which is most quickly executed .
X V The evolutions third in sequence a lw ays a re

.
those which a ssume the t a ctic al O ffensive in such a

m a nner a s to prevent the opponent from est a blishing t h e
first supporting p ar allel from a dopting a n y str ategic ,
front other th an a minor front refused a n d from p ro p erly ,
constructing the bishop an d knight u n its which belong

to the latter .
THE CH E S S P L A YE R S
’
E P I T OM E . 3 89
X V I The deve l opments first in sequence

. al w a v s
a re those which esta blish in the q uickes t a n d sure s t

m anner the gr a nd str ategic front when the O bjecti v e
p l ane is loc ated on the centre or at the extremity of the
kindred stra tegic front or the crochet aligned if the
,
o b jective p l a ne is situ ated other wise .
X V II The develo p ments second in seque n ce a lw ays

.
a re those which est a blish the m ajor str ategic front on the
str ategetic centre in t h e quickest an d surest m anner .
X V III The develo p ments third in sequence a l w

. ays
a re those which co n struct the sup p lement a ry form a tions
a pp ert a ining to the m a jor front in the quickest an d

surest m a nner .
X I X The deployments first in se q

. u ence a lw ays a re
those which est a blish the first su p porti n g p a r a llel in t h e

quickest a n d surest m a nner .
XX The deployments second in sequence a lw ays a re

.
th se which complete the prim a ry b ase in the quickest

o
a n d surest m a nner .
The pl ayer h aving the move should a pply these rules

in order to the given situ ation beginning with Rule I ,
.
a n d should contin u e down the list until he re a ches that
rule u pon which i n h i s j u dg me n t the situ ation before

, ,
him is b ased .
If the process indic a ted by this rule i s one of mobiliz a

tion develo p me n t m a n oeuvre or O p er a tion he w ill be
, , , ,
g overned in h i s p l ay by the principles l a id down in this
volume .
If the process is of the lower order termed a n ,
e v o l ut i o n he will
,
be governed by the d emonstr a tions
l aid down in The M a jor T a ctics of C hess
“
.
”
If the process is of the l o w est or der i e a pp erta ining ,

. .
to the construction of prim a ry b a ses he will be governed ,

3 90 TH E G RA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
by t h e instructions l aid down in The Minor T a ctics of

C hess
”
.
In every situ ation the student by me a ns o f these ,
rul es w ill be able to a p ply to the best a dv a nt a ge all the

chess c a p acity th a t he possesses ; an d he should never
forget th a t at all times the ide al move is
To c r e at e a S t ra t e g e t i c M as s , h av ing th e St r at e ge i
t c
f
O fe n s i v e, an d t o di r ec t it alo n g a S t r a t e g i c Li n e o f O p e ra
tions a g ai n s t th e Ob j ectiv e P lan e .
I LLUS T R A TI VE GA ME S .
GA M E 1
P la yed at t h e B os t o n P r e ss C l ub , Ja n . 1 3 , 189 3 .
o
This g a me illustr a tes the m ajor right oblique eche
loued op p osed by the gr a nd left oblique refused a n d
,
a ligned .
W hite f a ils to est a blish the minor crochet a n d a lso to

su pp ort the echelon b v the en a pp ui .
FRE NCH D EFE NCE .
F . K Y UN
. O G . H RR Y
A N . P I LL B U R Y
S .
WH I T E . B LA CK .
1 . P — Ka
—
2 . P QA
a :k k a—R a
4 . B — K 2
13 . B Q 3 . 13 . Ca st l es (K R) .
14 . l
C as t e s ( K R ) . 14 . P — Q B 5 .
15 . B — B 2 . 15 . Kt — Kt 3 .
16 . Kt — K 2 . 16 . P— Q R 4 .
17 . K— R l . 17 . K R I .
18 . R — K Kt I . 18 . R — K Kt 1 .
P — K Kt 4 . 19 P — K Kt 3
. .
R — Rt 3 . 2 0 P — Kt 5
. .
— K Kt l 21 P— R 5
Q R . . .
R — R 3 . 22 . P — Kt 6 .
B — Kt l . 23 . P— R 6 .
K t — Kt 5 . 24 . R — Kt 2 .
P x K B P . 25 . KP x P .
Kt — X t 3 . 26 . P x Q Kt P .
R P x P . 27 . P x P .
B >< K t .
0
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
23d m ov e .
FIG . 2 43 .
P ILL B U R Y
S
3 96 THE GRA N D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 2 .
P la ye d at th e D es c h ap ell e s C l ub , O c t 8 , 1 88 9 . . M a t c h Ga me .
This g a me illustr a tes a line o f mobiliz a tion by the

right combined with a complex line of m an oeuvre
,
a g a inst a n improperly cov ered objecti v e pl a ne all of ,
which is O p posed by Bl a ck with a compound line of

man oeuvre by the left .
E VA N S GA M B IT
’
.
F . K Y UN
. O G . P W R AN D
. A E H N S . . T N O E .
WHIT E . B L CK
A .
P — ~K 4 . P K4 .
Kt — K B 3 . Kt QB s .
B — B 4 . B — B 4 .
P— Q Kt 4 . B X Kt P .
P— QBS . B Q3 .
C as e s tl . Kt KB3 .
Kt — Kt 5
‘
. Ca t s les .
P— KB 4 .
P— Q4
P X P .
P — K 5 .
P t .
PX P .
—
P Q5 .
K— R l .
—
Q B 2
B — Kt 2 .
P t
Kt — Q B S .
— K l
Q R .
K t (B 3 ) — K 4 .
K t — Kt 3 .
Kt — R 5 ( ) ck .
Kt X B ,
.
R — K 7 .
I L L US T R A TI VE G A M E S .
3 97
R — B 3 .
P — K R 4 .
K— R 2 .
P
R
R — R 7 .
K x Q .
K— B l .
K — B Z .
K — Kt l .
K— B z .
K — Kt l .
K — B z .
Po ition f t r W h it
s a e e s
’
2 8t h m ov e .
FIG . 2 44 .
W R AN D ST N
A E O E.
(B l a c k )
Y UN
O G .
398 THE GR A N D TA OTI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 3 .
P laye d at th e B o st o n P r ess C lub , F e b 1 2 , 18 9 5 . .
This g a me illustrates a line of mobilization b v the

, ,
w hereby the black K Kt is dislodged from Bl ack s K B 3 ’

,
the a dv ance of the bl a ck right wing p a wns compelled ,
a n d the comm a nd of the O bjective pl a ne O btained .
KI NG S ’
GA M B I T E VA D E D .
F . K Y UN
. O G . H L . . LO W E .
WHIT E . B L CK
A .
P — K4 . P — K4 .
P— KB 4 . B — B 4 .
Kt — K B S . P— Q 3
B — B 4 . Kt — K B 3 .
P— Q K t 4 . B X Kt P .
Ca stl e s . B — B 4 ( ck ) .
P X P .
C a stles .
P —
Q 6 ( d i s ck) .
Kt — Kt 5 .
P — K Kt S .
Kt x K P .
P — KR4 .
Kt .
P— K R 5 .
B — Q 5
P — KB S .
P X B .
Q — K 2 .
B >< P .
4 00 THE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 4 .
P la yed at R o ya l P a g o da O s t uh T se rt e, i n t h e fi
th e f t h mo o n o
f th e
rs t c c le of t h e re i g n of A we r , S e n i o r M a n da r i n of t h e O r de r
fi y
of t h e Ye llo w B ut t o n .
This g a me illustr a tes a line of mobiliz ation combined ,
w ith a complex line of m an oeuvre by the right refused ,
ag a inst an O bjective pl a ne loc a ted in viol ation of str a te ,
gic principle on the refused w ing of a minor left oblique

,
aligned
£ W W
.
E VA N S GA M B I T 1
4
’
.
,
M ND R I N N w M ND R I N O
A A s o . A A YN
WH I T B L CK E . A .
1 . 1 . P— K 4 .
2 . Kt KB S . 2 . xe s -
.
3 . B B 4 . 3 . B — B 4 .
4 . P t 4 . 4 . B >< K t P .
—
5 . P QB a S . E Q 3
6 . Ca stl e s . 6 . P — K R 3 .
— K B 3
7 . P Q 4 7 .
Q
8 . R K 1 . 8 . P — K Kt 4 .
9 . Kt — R 3 . 9 . R— w .
ux tx t — I i x t s 10 . B — Kt 2 .
1L Ir — O s 11 . K Kt — K 2 .
12 . P— K Kt 3 . 12 . Ca e stl s
(Q R) .
m . P— Q E L m .
Q R — m .
14 . P— R 5 . 14 . P— K R 4 .
15 . P X P . 15 . R P X P .
16 . Kt X B ( ck ) . 16 . P X Kt .
17 . B — R 3 . P— R 5 .
r r of M n d rin of t h Y llo w B utton w

T h e O de h ot ri of
a a s e e as a c e ss c e e
B o ton It on i t d f M r C F B i ll F H H rl o w D r E M
s . c s s e O e ss s . . ur e, . . a . . .
H rri C F H o w r d M jor O E M i h l i G
a s, . . W C P in
a ,
Dr H a . . c ae s, en . . . a e, . .
Ri h r d o C B Sno w H N Ston P W r J
c a s n, . . d F K Young , . . e, . a e, r an . . .
Th m w r m t r w h h d w on t h ir g m on n t r m
e se en e e a a eu s o a e a e eve e s
ag in t p rof ion l int rn tion l h m p ion

a s a e ss a e a a c a .
Th m mb r of t h i
e eot ri m d it p r ti to m t for pl y on
e s s c e e a e a ac ce ee a
S t rd
a u ft rnoon
ay a d to di n tog th r in t h
e v ning T h i ot ri
s, an e e e e e e . s c e e
w th n
as l e of t h f mou D h p ll C lub
uc e us e a s e sc a e es .
I L L US T R A TI VE GA III E S . 4 01
P — R 6 .
P X QR
R — R 5 .
P t .
Q — K B 5
Kt .
Kt x QP .
RX P (c k ) .
— K 6 ck
Q ( ) .
B x Q P (c k ) .
— K 5 ck
Q ( ) .
Q
M a te .
P o ition ft r W h ite
s a e
’
s 23 d m ov e .
FIG . 246 .
MA ND R I N
A O YN U G .
Bl ac k .
)
MA ND RI N
A N sw o .
4 02 THE
“
GR AN D T A C T I CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 5 .
P la yed at th e B o s to n C h ess C lub , Jun e 1 3 , 1 888 .
This g a me illustr ate s a l ine of m ob iliz a tion by t h e .
right combined w ith a complex line of m a n oe uvre

,
a g a inst a prem a turely formed right oblique aligned w ith ,
the obj ective p l a ne loc ated on the centre an d l a cking t h e ,
K Kt at KB3 .
V I E NNA O PE N I N G .
F . K Y UN A N D C
. O G . F B UR I L L E
. . P W R A ND C B SN W
. A E . . O .
WH I T E . B L CKA
P— K4 .
Kb — Q B3 .
P -
K B 4 .
B ; B A
P— KB 5 .
Kt — K B 3 .
QP x R
C ast le s .
K — R l .
B x QR
R XKE
B x KB P ( ck)
.
B — Kt 5
'
.
Q s
oa
—
R Q L
— B T
.
Q
GA M E 6 .
P la yed at th e B ost o n C h ess C lub , M ay 1 4 , 1 8 8 5 .
This g a me illustr a tes a line of mobiliz ation by the

,
a g a inst a n o b jective pl a ne loc a ted on the centre and not
covered by a s alient nor by a Kt a t K B 3 .
M U IO Z GA M B I T .
F . K Y UN
. O G . G W
. . SA N RD
FO .
WH IT E . B L CK
A .
P— K 4 .
P— K B 4 .
Kt — K B S .
B ;
—B 4 .
C as tl e s .
B >< K t ( ck ) .
Q — R 4
( ck ) .
R — K B l ( ck ) .
Kt — Q 5 .
R — B 6 .
R >< Q (ck )
I LL O S TR A T I VE GA M E S . 4 05
20 . Kt 20 . K — Kt 4 .
21 .
Q 21 . K— R 4 .
% . E X E .
And B la ck re s igns .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
1 7t h m ov e .
FI G . 248 .
SA N RD
FO .
( Bl a c k .
Wh i t e ).
Y UN
O G .
4 06 TH E G RA N D TA O TI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 7 .
P laye d at th e B o sto n C h ess C lub , J un e 1 1 , 1 88 6 .
This g a me illustr ates a line O f mobilization by the

right combined with a complex line O f m a n oeuvre
,
a g a inst a n objective p lane loc ated on the centre a n d

lacking a strategic front .
E VA N S
’
GA M B I T .
K Y UN
. O G . CHAR LE s B SN W
. O .
W H IT E . B L CK
A
P— K 4 . P— K4 .
Kt — K B S . Kb —Q B S .
KB—B 4 . KB B 4
P— Q Kt 4 . B >< K t P .
P— QB 3 . B — R A
—
P Q 4 . P x R
C a stl e s . P X R
Q — Kt 3 .
—
Q B3 .
P—K 5 .
Q Kw .
Kt x P . K Kt — K 2
B — R 3 . P— Q KM .
Kt X P . R — Q KH .
—
Q R4 . P — Q R S
Kt P X KL
P X P . Ka — K B A .
K R — K l ( ck ) . B x R .
K B 1 .
K m— K s .
P >< K t ck
( ) . K— K L
—
Q B7 .
Q — Kt 3 .
Kt — K 5 . P — OA
GA M E 8 .
P layed at t h e B os t o n C h ess C lub , July 1 2 , 1 8 77 .
This game illustr ates a line of mobiliz ation by t h e

right combined w ith a complex line of man oeuvre
,
a gainst an objective plane located on the ce n tre and

improperly covered and supported by an unmobilized
kindred force .
KI N G S GA M B I T
’
.
F . K Y UN . O G . D . R ICH RD
A SO N .
R mov e e Wh it ’
e s Q Kt .
WH I T E . B L CK
A
P— K 4 . P K4 .
P— K B 4 . P >< K t .
Q >< K t . R — K Kt l .
I LL US T R A T I VE GA M E S . 4 09
19 . R 19 . K— R l .
R X Pck
( ) . 20 . BxR .
— R 7 ck
21 .
Q ( ) .
M a te .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
1 1t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 50 .
R ICH RD N
A SO .
B
( la c k .
W h i te ) .
Y UN
O G .
GA M E 9 .
P l ayed at th e B os t o n C h ess C lub , A ug 2 , 1 8 8 5 . .
This g a me illustrates a line of mobiliz ati on by the

right combined with a complex line of m anoeuvre against
,
an O bjective plane loc a ted on the centre a n d exposed to ,
a tt a ck v i a O pen files a n d dia g onals not g uarded by proper
deployments .
E VA N S GA M BI T
’
.
F . K Y UN
. O G . CH RL A ES B . S N W O .
WHIT E . B L CK
A .
P—K4 . P—KA
Kt — K B 3 . Kt —
l
QB3 .
KB — B 4 . KB — B 4 .
P— Q Kt 4 . B >< K t P .
P— QB S . B R 4
P—Q4 . P x P .
Ca stl e s . K m— KB S .
B —R 3 . Kt P .
—
Q Kt 3 .
Q — B 3 .
R — K l .
Q KB 5 .
R x K t (ck) .
B X P ( )
c k . K— Q L
K — —
Q t Q2 .
Q G Q
B —KR 5 . P x P .
Kt — Kt 5 . Ka —K 4 .
Kt -
Q B 4 . P — Q3
Kt Kt — B 4
X .
Q
K t (K 5 ) — B 7 ck
( ) . . K— a Q
B — K Kt 4 .
Q X B .
Kt P X Kt .
GA M E 10 .
P layed at th e B ost o n P r ess C lub, N o v 8 , 1 8 9 2 . .
This game illustrates a line of mobiliz a tion by the

ri ght combined w ith a complex line of m an oeuvre a gainst
,
an objective pl a ne located on the centre and compromised

by the formation of the minor left oblique .
D A NI SH GA M B I T .
F . K Y UN
. O G . L . DO E R .
WH I T E. B L CK
A .
P— K 4 .
P— Q4
—
. P Q B 3
KB — B4 .
Kt — K B 3 .
C a stl e s .
Kt x P .
R — K 1 ( ck ) .
Kt — Q 5 .
B — Kt 5 .
R —QE ] .
B >< K t .
Kt — K 5 .
Q — R 5
( ck) .
Kt — B 6 ( )
ck .
Kt K t P (di s ck) .
R Q (ck )
x .
K t — K 5 ( dis ck ) .
K t — B 7 ck) ( .
I L L US T R A T I VE GA M E S . 41 3
20 . Kt 20 K — Ql
. .
21 .
Q 21 . R x Q .
22 . Kt — B 7 ( )
ck
s a e e s
’
13 t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 52 .
DO RR .
( W h i te .
Y UN
O G .
GA M E 11 .
P la yed at th e B os t o n C h ess C lub , Jun e 1 5 , 1 8 9 3 .
This g a me illustr ates a line of mobiliz ation by the right

oblique refused by W hite ; opposed by a complex line of
,
m anoeuvre by Bl a ck a gainst an O bjective pl a ne located

,
on the right a n d not properly covered nor supported .
CUNNIN GHA M C O UNT E R GA M B I T .
C RL
HA ES B . S N W O . F . K Y UN
. O G .
WHIT E. BLA CK .
P — K4 .
P — KB 4 .
Kt — K B 3 .
B — B 4 .
B — Kt 3 .
P — Kt 3 .
Ca stles .
K— R l .
K t X B (di s ck) .
Q
Q — B 3 .
P— Q 3 .
B — Kt 5 .
Kt — Q B 3 .
Q — B 2 .
B >< K t .
Q >< Q .
R >< R .
Kt >< Q Kt P .
416 TH E GR A N D TA CTI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 12 .
P laye d at t h e B os t o n C h ess C lub , S ep t 9 , 1 877

. .
This g a me illustr a tes a line of mobiliz ation by the

ri g ht combined with a com pound line of man oeuvre
,
a g a inst a prem a tur e counter a ttack by the right refused ,
by Bl a ck.
KI NG S G A MB I T ’
E VA D E D .
F . K Y UN
. O G . P R E N T I ss C U MMI N GS .
WH IT E . B LA CK .
P— K 4 . P — K4 .
P— K B 4 . B — B 4 .
Kt — Q B 3 . Kt — K B 3 .
Kt — KB 3 . P— Q 3 .
B — B 4 .
K t — Kt 5 .
P — Q 4 .
P >< K t .
Q x B f C a s t les .
B — K 2 .
Kt — Q B 3 .
Kt — K 7 ck K — R l
( ) . .
Kt t . P—K B 3 .
— K L
B >< K t .
.
Q
Kt — Q R 5 .
A n d W h it e
I L L US T R A TI VE GA M E S . 41 7
Po ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
1 4t h m o
ve.
FI G . 254 .
C U MMI N GS .
(B labk .
Y UN
O G .
GA M E 13 .
P la yed at t h e D esc h ap e lles C lub , O c t 8 , 1 8 89 . .
T his
g ame illustrates a line of mobilization by the
right combined w ith a complex line of m an oeuvre a g ainst
,
an bjective plane located o n the right the bl ac k K Kt

O ,
bein g dislod g ed from the point black K B 3 .
R UY L O PE Z .
F . K .Y UN O G . C . F . B UR I L L E .
WH IT E . B L CK
A
1 . P—K4 . 1 . P— K4 .
2 . Kt — KB S . 2 . Kt — Q B 3 .
3 . B — Kt 5 . 3 . Kt — B 3 .
4 . P — Q 4 . 4 . Kt X K P .
5 . P >< P . 5 . Kt — Q B 4 .
6 . C a stles . 6 . Kt — K 3 .
7 . Kt — Q BS . 7 . B —K 2 .
8 . Kt — Q 5 . 8 . C a stle s .
9 . P— QB3 . 9 . P— Q R &
10 .
Q B — 3 . 10 . B — B 4 .
1 1 P — Q Kt 4
. 11 . B — R 2 .
w P— QB4
. H . P— Q R£
13 . P — Kt 5 . 13 . Kt — K 2 .
14 . B — Kt 2 . 14 . Kt — Kt 3 .
15Q .
—
Q 2 . 15 . P —R 5 .
w Q . R— K L 16 . P —R 6 .
17 B — R l . N . P— QB 3
18 . Kt — Q R S . 18 . B— B 4 .
19 . Kt — K4 . 19 B — K 2 . .
20 . Kt —
Q 6 . 20 P — Q Kt 3 . .
21 . Kt — Q4 . 21 . B >< K t .
% . P x B % . P—QB 4
23 . Kt — B 5 . 23 . P — K B S .
24 . P —K B4 . 24 . R —B 2 .
25 . Kt 25 . P t .
420 THE G RAN D TA CT I CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 14 .
P laye d at th e D es c h ap e lles C lub , M a rc h 14 , 1 88 9 .
This g a me illustr ates a line of mobiliz ation by the

right combined w ith a com p lex line of m a n oeuvre a gainst
,
an objective plane loc a ted on the centre and improperly
c overed and supported .
E VA N S GA M B I T
’
.
F . K Y UN
. O G . M A JO R O . E . M I C H LI AE S.
W HIT E . B L CK
A .
1 . P— K 4 . 1 . P— K4
2 . Kt — K B 3 . 2 . Kn — Q B 3 .
3 . K B — B 4 . 3 . K B — B 4
4 . P — Q Kt 4 . B >< K t P .
P— — 3 4
5 .
Q B 3 .
6 . C ast le s . 6 . P —
Q 3
7 . 7 . P x P
8 . P >< P . 8 . B — Kt 3 .
9 . Kt — Q B 3 . a B —K t a
— R 4
10 .
Q . la ir -
O2
— Kt
11 .
Q 3 . 1L Ke -
QR A
.
12 . 12 iK — B 1 .
— B 2
13 .
Q .
14 . P— K 5 .
15 . P — Q 5 .
16 . P
17 .
— K Kt 6
18 .
Q .
19 . B — R 3 .
20 . Kt — K 5 .
21 .
Q R — K l .
22 . Kt B 7 (dis ck) .
23 .
Q B 5 (c k ) .
24 . K t K 5 (ck ) .
25 . Rx R .
I L L US TR A T I VE GA M E S . 421
Q BZ-
Q >< B .
Q — KR 3 ck
( ) .
R —K 6 .
K R—K l .
P —KB 4 .
B — K 7 wm .
R x P ( ais c k ) .
R— Q B 5 m
m .
—
Q Q Kt 3 ck
( ) .
And Bl a ck resig ns .
P o ition ft r W hi t
s a e
’
e s 2 1 st m ov e .
FI G 2 5 6 . .
M I C H LIAE S .
B
( l ac k .
Y UNO G .
THE GRA N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 15 .
P laye d at th e B os t o n C h ess C lub , D ec 2 5 , 1 877 . .
This g a me illustrates a line of mobiliz ation by t h e

ri ght combined w ith a complex line of m a noe uvre
,
ag ainst a n objective pl a ne not covered by a Kt a t K B 3 ,
a n d w eakened by the prem a ture formation of the en

a ppu i
P H I L I D O R S D E F E NC E
’
.
F . K Y UN
. O G . R U U
F WY R
S SA E .
WH I T E . B L CK A .
1 . P — K 4 . 1 . P— K 4 .
2
'
. Kt — K B S . 2 . P —
Q 3 .
3 . P — Q 4 . 3 . P >< P . 4 . B — Q 2 .
5 . B — K3 . 5 . Kt -
Q B 3 .
— 6 B — K 2
6 .
Q Q 2 . . .
7 . B — QB 4 7 . Kt -
KB S .
8 . Kt — Q B 3 . 8 . C a st e s l .
9 . Ca es
( stl
K R) . 9 . P — K R 3 .
10 . P— K R 3 . 10 . P — Q R S .
11 . Kt — R 2 . 11 . R — Q Kt l .
12 . P— K B 4 . 12 . P — Q Kt 4 .
13 . B — Q 3 . 13 . K t — Q Kt 5 .
14 . R — KB S . 14 . P —Q B 4 .
15 . P — K 5 . 15 . P >< K t P . 19 . B — K Kt 4 .
20 . R — Kt 3 . 20 .
Q
.
21 . K — R l . 21 . P —K B 3 .
R >< B . 22 . P X KB .
23 . B x P (d i s ck) . 23 . K— B 2 .
GA M E 16 .
Playe d at th e B o sto n C h ess C lub , S ep t 7, 1 88 5 . . M a tc h Gam e .
This game illustr ates first a line of mobiliz ation b y

, ,
the left refused after w a rds converted into a line of de

,
v e l O m e n t by the right a n d combined with a com p ound

p ,
line of m a n oeuvre ag a inst a str ategetic w e akness on

Bl a ck s left fl ank S econdly the combining of the de
’
.
,
v e l O pm e n t by the right w ith a complex line of m a n oe u
v re a g a inst a n O bjective pl a n e not covered by a Kt
at K B 3 and w e akened by the improper establishment

,
O f the ri g ht maj or crochet an d the en appui .
E NGL I S H P
O E NI N G .
F . K Y UN
. O G . P W R
. A E .
B L CK
A .
P— QB a
P— K s
. P— Q A
P x P
B — Q 3 .
Kv — R s .
B — Kt 5 .
P— K R a
B — K 2
P— Q KM .
P Kw .
Kb — Q 4 .
KP t .
B — K s
P —QR 4
P x P
P x R P K Kt S .
— B l
B -
R L Q .
Q R — Q E L QB B 4 .
— K Kt 4
Q B 3 P .
P— K6 P— KB 3 .
R —Ka R — R 3 .
B -
Kt a R — Kt 3 .
— Kt 2
Q x R R Q .
B — R 4 Ca stl e s .
.
Q — B 3 R —R 3 .
Po ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
2 6t h m ov e .
FI G 2 5 8. .
W R A E .
( B la c k .
W h i te ) .
Y UN
O G .
B — B 2 . R X R
B >< R . R Q B l .
P— KR 4 . B — Q3
P — K Kt 3 .
Q — K 2
K — Kt 2 . P B 4 .
.
Q P X P R x P .
P >< R . Kn -
QB S .
Kt X P .
Kt — B 7 .
R — R 8 ck
( ) .
B — Q 2 .
R
P >< Q( ck ) .
B
P— B 8 (l e ck ) .
M a te .
P -
KB G Kt — K 5 .
B t P >< B .
P— Qa KP X QR
Et P . P— KB 3 .
Q -
Kt 4 . K— R l .
R — K B 3 — K l
Q .
Ka — B a P— Q 5 .
P— K 4 B —Q3 .
R — K R 3 R —QB 2 .
Q R -
Q S R —K 2 .
R — R 4 B — 2 Q
B — QE L P — K Kt 4 .
R — R e B — K4 .
Q R — R 3 R — Kt 2
'
Q R — R a Q — B 2 .
P —K R 4 P >< K t ck
( ) .
P X R P
K— B 3 P — Kt 7 .
— K KH Q
Q .
. K— K2 P
Resigns .
-I L L US T R A T I VE GA M E S . 42 9
Po i t ion ft r W h it
s a e e s
’
3 4t h m ov e .
FIG . 259 .
Y UN
O G .
Wh i te ) .
B UR I L L E .
GA M E IS .
P laye d at th e B ost o n C h ess C lub , S ep t 7, 1 8 8 6 . . E xh i b i t i o n G a me .
This g ame i llustrates a line of mobilization origin a lly

directed by the left refused converted into a line of de ,
v e l o m e n t by the ri ght a n d combined with a complex

p ,
line of man oeuvre a gainst a premature counter a tt a ck

by the ri g ht refused b y Black and a n objective pl a ne , ,
w eakened by the improper establishment of the echelon

and en appui .
QUE E N S ’
P NIN G
O E .
F . K Y UN
. O G . DR . H R . ICH RD N A SO .
WHIT E. B LA CK .
P— Q 4 . P —Q4 .
Kt — K B S . Kt KB 3 .
P— K3 . P— K 3 .
P— Q Kt 3 . P Q B 4 .
P >< P .
B — Q Kt 2 . P Q Kt 3 .
B — 3 Q . B Kt 2 .
Q Kt — Q 2 . Cas es tl .
Q — K 2 . Kt — K5 .
Ca t s les K R . P—KB 4 .
Kt — K 5 .
Q K Kt 4 .
P— KB 4 .
Q — R 3 .
R — KB S .
Q KR5 .
Q R — KB 1 .
Q — K 2 .
R — K R 3 . R KB 3 .
Kt ( Q 2 ) — B 3 . P KR 3 .
Kt — K R 4 .
Q — K l .
R (B 1 ) — K B 3 . P K Kt 4 .
P >< P . Kt x P .
R — Kt 3 K—B 1
( B 3 ) . .
GA M E 19 .
P laye d at t h e B osto n C h ess C lub , Ju n e 7, 1 88 5 . M a tc h G ame .
This g a me illustrates a line of mobilization by the

left combined with a complex line of m a n oeuvre a g ainst
,
the logistic horizo n .
E NGLI SH O PE NI NG
F . K Y UN
. O G .
WH I T E . B L CK
A
1 . P— Q B 4 P — K4 .
2 . P— QRs Kt — Q B 3 .
3 . KG — Q B 3 P— Q3 .
4 . P— K 3 . Kt — K B 3 .
5 . P— Q4 P >< P . B K 2 .
7 . B — K 2 . B KB 4 .
8 . K t — KB 3 . P— K R 3 .
9 . Ca t s le s . Ca stl e s .
10 P .
Q Kt 4 . P— Q R 3 .
11 . Kt — K R 4 . B KR 2 .
12 . P K B 4 . P— Q4 .
w . P —
Q B 5 Kt — K 5 .
14 . Kt t . P X Kt .
la ir -
OR Kt X P .
16 . P t .
B >< K t .
n . B — Q 3 4 K—R l .
18 . P—K B 5 . B — B 3 .
m R —Q R s Q —
.
Q Q
20 . P — K Kt 4 . K R— K l .
21 . R —K 3 .
P — Q Kt 4 .
22 . B — Kt 3 . P QR4 .
23 . B — R 3 . P >< P
. .
R Q R 8 .
2s <a - K a
26 . K X R . P — Kt 3 .
I LL US T RA T I VE GA M E S . 433
P—B R —
Q B L
Q X P P x R
—
P Q 6 P X Q R
B x K B R R —B L
Q —s K t Z B — K 4
B X Q P B — t a
E x R Q XB
P — B Z QxR
P— B 8 (Q ck ) .
Q Ki
-
L
R —Q R 3 . B — B L
R— R 7
And B l a ck resigns .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
2 6t h m ove.
FIG . 261 .
W R A E .
( Bl ac k )
.
GA M E 20 .
P la yed at th e D es c h ap e lles C lub , F e b . 1 9 , 1 88 9 . T o urn a men t G ame .
This g ame illustr ates a line of mobilization b y _t h e

right afterw a rds converted i nto a line of mobiliz ation
,
by the left refused combined with a line of development

,
by the right ; then a compound line of m an oeuvre by the

left a fterw a rd converted into a complex line of m an oeu
,
v re a g a inst a n objective pl a ne loc ated on the refuse d

w ing of the minor left oblique .
WA L L
S T O NE O P E NI NG .
F . K YO UN A N D P W R
. G . A E . C . F . B UR I L L E .
WHIT E . B L CK
A .
P— Q4 P— Q 4
1 .
P— KB 4 . P— K 3
2 . .
P — K 3 . P — QE L
3 .
P —
Q B 3 Kt — K B S .
K t — KB S . 5 Kt — Q B 3
. .
B — Q 3 6 B — Q 3
.
Ca stl
es . 7 Ca t e
. sl s .
B —
Q 2 8 P — Q Kt 3
. .
B — K l . 9 P >< K t
. .
Q — B 2 14 P — K R S
. .
P— K4 . 15 P — K 4
. .
—
Pf K B R 1 6 P .
Q5 .
P— QB 4 17 B — K 2
. .
B >< K t . 1 8 B >< B
. .
Kt — B 3 19 Q — .
Q 3 .
— Q Q 20 B — K 2
Q . .
P — Q R S 2 1 B — Kt 2
. .
P — K Kt 4 22 R .B 2 -
.
— Q I 2 3 B — R 3
Q R E . .
% KR—QB L .
436 THE G RA N D T A C TI CS OF CH E S S .
GA M E 21 .
Pla yed at t h e D es c h ap e lle s C lub , M a r c h 2 , 1 8 8 9 . T o urn a me n t G a me .
This g a me illustr ates a line of mobiliz ation by the left

refused a fterw a rd converted into a line of develop ment
,
by the m aj or right O blique combined with a complex ,
line Of m anoeuvre ag ainst an objective pl a ne loc ated at

the extremity o f a m aj or a dverse front .
Q UE E N S O P E NI NG
’
.
F . K Y UN A N D
. O G H . N . S T NE
O . C . F . BCH ILL E .
WH I T E . B L CK
A .
P — Q4 1 P— KB 4
’
. . .
P — K 3 . 2 . Kt KB 3 -
.
Kt — K B 3 . 3 . P — K 3 .
P —
w . 4 .
B — Kt 2 . 5 C ast e
. l s .
B — K 2 (L P — Q Kw .
C as t le s . 7 B — Kt 2
. .
P Q B
— 4 . 8 P— QB 4
. .
Ifi é Q 3
B 9 P.
—
Q R 3
—
Q Q 2 m Q— B2
.
K R— Q l . 11 P — Q S
. .
K t — K Kt 5 . 12 Q — R l
. .
B — KB 3 . 13 B X B
. .
Kt X B . 14 R —R 2
. .
P —
Q 5 . 15 P — K 4
. .
K e — K K AR 1 s <Q K a — O s
Kt — K fi . 17 R — K l
. .
Q — B 2 m P—K s .
Kt — K 2 . 1 9 Kt — B l
. .
K t (K 2 ) — B 4 . 2 0 Kt — Kt 3
. .
Kt X K t . 2 1 P X Kt
. .
P — K B S . 22 B — Q l
. .
— K E Q
Q . 2 3 P >< K t
. .
Q -
Kt 3 . 2 8 P — Kt 5
. .
I L L US TR A TI VE GA M E S . 4 37
P — K4 P X B P .
P — K s Q R —
Q2 .
R —KE L Q — Kt 2 .
R X P P Q Kt 4 .
B —B s P — Kt 5 .
B -
Kt 2 P R 4 .
Q R — KE L P—R 5 .
R x R P— R 6 .
B —R L Kt — K 3 .
P t R Q 8 .
—
Q KRs
K x R . R Q 8 (c k ) .
. K—K2
And B l a ck resigned .
Po ition ft r W h it
s a e e s
’
3 5t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 63 .
B UR I L L E .
(B lac k )
Y UN A N D S T N
O G O E .
GA IV
LE 2 2 .
P layed at th e B o s t o n C h e ss C lub , J un e 1 6, 1 8 8 4 .
This game illustr a tes a line of mobiliz ation by the l eft

refused a n d a prem ature a tt a ck by W hite followed by ,
t h e counter a tt a ck of Bl a ck by a complex line of m a n oe u

v re a g a inst a n objective pl a ne not covered by a Kt a t
K B 3 an d w e akened by the form a tion of the a ppui

, .
Q UE E N S O PE N I N G
’
.
C PTA . G H . . MA C N I
KE Z E . F . K . Y UNO G .
WH I T E . B L CK
A
P Q -
4 . P — K B 4 .
P —
Q B 4 . P— K 3 .
Kt — Q B 3 . K t — K B S .
P— K 3 . B — K 2 .
Kt — KB 3 . Cas e s tl .
B — Q 3 . P Q Kt 3 .
Cas tl e s . B — Kt 2 .
P — Q Kt 3 . P K R 3 .
B — Kt 2 .
Q — K 2 .
Q Kt — Q 2 .
P— Q 5 .
B >< P .
B
Kt — K R 4 .
— B 2
Q .
P KR 3 .
GA M E 23 .
P la ye d at t he B os t o n C h ess C lu b , J a n . 1 7, 1 8 8 4 .
This g a me illustra tes a line of mobiliz ation by t h e

right combined with a com p lex line of man oeuvre
,
a g a inst a n objective pl a ne loc a ted on the right and not
covered nor su pp orted by the improperly mobilized kin

dred force The misc alling by the teller of W hi t e s
.
, ,
’
t wentieth move g a ve Bl a ck a complex line of m a n oeuvre ,
a n d the pl a y th a t ensued led the B r i t i s h Ch e s s M ag a z i n e
to s ay : This game is one of the most interesting we

“
ever pl ayed over .

”
E VA N S GA M B I T
’
.
P W R AND
. A E F . K Y UN . O G . DR . J H
. . Z UK E R T O R T .
WH IT E . B L CK
A
P— K4 .
Kt — KB 3 .
KB — B 4 .
P— Kt 4 Q .
P— QB 3 .
P— Q4 .
C a stles .
— Kt 3
Q .
P — K 5 .
K t >< K P .
Kt
Kt — K t 4 .
R — K E G .
P >< R .
R X R P ( )
ck .
Po ition ft r W h it
s a e
’
e s 1 7t h m ov e .
FIG . 2 65 .
Z UK E R T O R T .
Wh i te ) .
W R A N D Y UN
A E O G.
M i s c al l e d by t e ll e r for 2 0 Q B 2 . .
K — Kt l . 27 . Kt
K—B l . 28 . B
— Kt
B Q 3 29 .
K — Kt l . 30 . R >< R . 31 . B >< R .
Q x Q R 32 . R — K B I .
K t . 33 .
K — Kt 3 . 34 . B — Kt 3 .
Q xB 35 . R X R P .
Q x Q R 36 . R — K B 7 .
Q K 8 ck
( ) . 37 . K— R 2 .
— K R 5 ck K — Kt l
Q ( ) . 38 . .
P — Kt 5 . 39 . K— B l .
P — Kt 6 . 40 . P— R 7 .
Q 41 . K— K 2 .
K —
42 .
Q 3 .
— K — K3
Q QB 3 43 . .
— R 8 R — KB 3
Q . 44 . .
P — Kt 7 . 45 . R
K — R 3 K—
. 46 .
Q 2 .
Q — R Z 47 . R
Q x R 48 . P
Q 49 . K— K2 .
P 50 .
Q
— KR 2
Q 51 .
Q
Q( — K
R 2 ) t 3 . 52 .
Q
K — Kt 4 . 53 .
Q
K — Kt 5 . 54 .
Q
—
'
K R 5 . 55 .
Q
Q K — Kt 4
.
( t 8 ) .
And B l ack resigns .

P x R —
Q K2 .
Kv — O s .
Q >< P .
B -
Kt 3 . R x Q P .
P x R KB x P .
R — K R 4 P KR 4 .
R t
B — B 2 .
Q KE 5 .
P o ition ft r W h i t
s a e e s
’
2 6t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 66 .
Y UN O G .
(B la c k )
Wh i t e ).
ST E I N I T z .
Q ( )
X B ck .
B x Q (c k ) .
R — K B I ck
( ) .
Kt — Q 5 .
R — Q L
K — Kt 2 .
P— Q Kt 3 .
B — B 2 .
K— R 3 .
R — K Kt 1 .
R — Kt 5 ck
( ) .
D rawn .
GA M E 25 .
P la y e d at t h e B os t o n C h ess C l ub , S ep t 1 9 , 1 8 86
. . M a tc h G a me .
This g a me illustr ates the overthro w of an improperly

constructed m ajor right oblique by the minor left oblique
refused a n d aligned combined w ith a comple x line of
,
m an oeuvre ag a inst an O bjective pl a ne loc a ted on the

centre a n d im p roperly covered .
R E M O VE BLA CK S K B P’
.
P W R
. A E . F . K Y UN
. O G .
WH IT E
B — K s P Q Kt 3 .
Q — B 2 R Q B 1 .
Q — KB 2 Kt — K R 3 .
P _
KR a C a st le s .
Q Ke — Q a P >< P .
C heck mate .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
8t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 68 .
P I LL B U R Y
S .
M O D E L GA M E .
45 2 T HE GR A N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
right w in g m akes it perilous l ater to properly castle

his kin g .
3 . B — Q 3
W hite proceeds to establish the prim ary b ase

Q P B 1 A a s l a id down in “
Minor T a ctics pa g es ,
”
1 2 5 —1 42 a n d p a ge 1 3 9 (j ) a n d so deploys a s to ret ain

, ,
the option of developin g either by the right or by the

left .
3 . B — Kt 2 .
This also is entirely unscientific being again neither ,
a deployment nor a m a n oeuvre .
4 . B K3 .
S ee Minor T a cti cs ,
p a ge 1 3 9 (k ) .
4 . Kt — K 2 .
The n a tur a l sequence in Bl a ck s position which ’

,
a lre a dy i s f a r inferior to th a t of W hite .
5 . Kt — K 2 .
S ee Minor T a ctics , p a ge 138 (h ) .
5 . P — Q Kw .
Bl a ck now commits himself irrevoc a bly to the l eft

O blique refused This de p loyment is v alid
. S ee .
“
Minor T a ctics p a ge 1 6 2 (f) ,
.
6 . Kb — Q 2 .
S ee “
Minor T a ctics ,
p age 138 i
() .
6 . B — Q Kw .
This lso is a v alid deployme n t

a S ee Minor . .
“
T a ctics p a ge 1 6 3 (k )
, .
7 C as tl e s
. .
By this move W hite initiates the line of development ,
a n d a nnounces his pu p ose of a ttacking by the right

r
oblique if Bl a ck c astles K R an d by the crochet aligned ,
THE M OD E L GA M E . 45 3
if Bl a ck c astles Q R It w ill be observed that t h e

.
a dv a nced Kt P s m a ke it equ a lly h a zardous for Black

’
to c a st le on either side .
7 . P— Q 4
Black permits W hite to establis h the maj or f ront by

the right .
8 . P— K 5 .
And then in open defi a nce to this theory Bl a c k

, ,
loc ates his prime str a tegetic point at the ext remity of
the a dverse str a tegic front .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
6t h m ov e .
FIG . 2 69 .
(B lad e )
W h i te )
.
Wh it to m ov
e e .
8 . C a stl e s .
S ee G r a nd T a ctics ,
p a ge 3 62 .
9 . P— K B 4 .
W hite his m ajor front with the K B P en

re i n fOrc e s
potence a n d thus combines the best d eployment w ith
,
the correct m an oe uvre viz to develop the strategic , .

,
front .
9 . P KB4 .
W hite
s superiority seems demonstr a ted by the f a ct
’
th a t Bl a ck volunt a rily cre a tes a str a tegetic we akness

in his position by m aking K 3 a n uncovered point .
S ee Minor T a ctics p a ge 1 3 0 (a)

“
,
.
10 . P — K R S .
W hite
propos s to reinforce his m aj or front en e
potence by the echelon a n d to th a t end he first est a b ,
lishes the K R P en a p p ui to s upport t h e a dv a nce of the

K Kt P S ee Gr a nd T a ctics p age 3 72
.
,
”
.
10 .
Q Kt — Q 2 .
An unscientific move which is necessit a te d by the ,
gener al inferiority of Bl a ck s position The Q Kt of ’

.
,
course should be de p loyed at Q B 3 a fter the deploy

, ,
me n t of Q B P a t Q B 4 S ee Minor T a ctics p age

“
.
,
1 6 0 a n d p a ge 1 6 2 (c ) a n d (i )
,
.
11 . K— R 2 .
The Ki ng i s deployed to m a ke room a t K Kt 1 for the

K R a n d it i s pl a ced at R 2 in or der to b e secure from
,
the a tt a ck of the a dverse Q B a n d to sup p ort the point ,
i
’
d a
ppu .
u . P — Q R4
This deployment is v alid . S ee “

Minor T a ctics ,
p a ges 1 6 0 1 6 4 1 66 , ,
.
45 6 THE G R A N D TA C TI CS OF CH E S S .
m . B — Q B 2 . w . P— QR a
E ntirelywrong Bl a ck al w ays with all speed should

.
reinforce this front w ith the echelon by P — Q Kt 4

an d P QR4 .
IM .
Q K G —K B 3
S ee Minor Tactics , page 1 38 i
() .
14 . P KR 3 .
W hite menaces to a vail of the strategetic w e a kness in

Bl a ck s position by attacking the unsupported K P an d
’
,
Bl a ck in preventing this cre ates another uncovered

, ,
point at K Kt 3 As the result his position is n o w

.
,
fatally compromised .
15 . P — K Kt 4 . 15 . K— R 2 .
16 . R — K Kt l . 16 . R — K Kt l .
The re ader w i ll observe th at every w hite piece de

ployed h a s been posted in exact a ccord ance with this
theory of chess pl a y It a lso w ill be observed th a t the
.
f aults in the Bl a ck position a re occ a sioned by the post

ing of pieces not in a ccord a nce with this theory of chess
pl ay To rectify Bl a ck s position see F rontispiece
.
’
, .
N .
Q -
K L
Up to this p oint every move by W hite h a s combined

,
either the line O f mobiliz a tion or the line of develop

ment with the line of m an oeuvre Bl a ck very i m .
,
properly h as limited his e fforts not only to the

,
str ategetic defensive but even t o the t a ctic a l defensive

,
.
C onsequently W hite s constructive processes incident

’
to the str ategetic o ffensive not h aving been interru p ted ,
the p resent g a me st ands a p erfect model of the a rt of

combining deployments a n d developments by the right
O blique w ith a sim p le line of m a n oeuvre a gainst an
objective plane loc ated on the refu sed w ing of an

a dverse str ategic front di rected by the left oblique
refused .
The Bl a ck front not being echeloned the establish ,
ment of the minor crochet by W hite i s unnecessary .
The str ategetic we a kness cont ained in the Bl a ck posi

tion m akes it possible for W hite to m a thema tic ally
demonstr ate a decisive loss to Black either in position
or in m ateri al or in both Therefore W hite by the
, .
,
move in the text initi ates a strate g ic line of oper ations

, ,
i. e he forec a sts the c a pture of the adverse kin g

. .
P o ition ft r B l
s a e ac k s
’
l 6t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 71 .
B
( la c k .
t i te .
)
W h ite to m ov e .
This move by W hite is dict a ted by gre ater logistics ,
a n d is b a sed u p on a str a tegetic we a kness in the position
of the O p ponent If this we a kness did not exist W hite

.
,
would O bey the dict ates O f les ser logistics an d deploy ,
the Q a t Q 2 S ee Minor T a ctics p a ge 1 4 2 (n ) an d

.
,
”
,
“
G r and T a ctics p age 3 8 2 F ormul a s 1 08 1 1 3 to
,
”
, ,
1 7 Kt QB3 . .
This leaves the weak K Kt P supported only by the K .
Kt — — K B l
18 . R 4 . 18 .
Q .
This position w ould seem to S ho w the su p eriority of

the right oblique over the left oblique refused i e of ,
. .
.
P o ition ft r B l
s a e
’
ac k s 1 8t h m ov e .
FI G . 2 72 .
Wh it to m ov
e e .
460 TH E GRA N D TA C T I CS OF CH E S S .
fello w w ho neither c an do it comprehend it nor ex

, ,
pl ain it .
19 K Kt .
The re a der will observe that the game w a s won before

a piece h ad been removed from the bo a rd W h e n e ye r .
you s e e a pl ayer exch anging his men right an d left “ in ,
order to a void complic a tions put him down as one ,

”
whose conscience tells him he is at most b ut a second

cl a ss pl ayer an d w ho consequently is afraid of his
,
opponent .
20 . P x P (dl e ck) . 20 . K B 2 .
21 (ck)
. P X P 21 K X P .
.
22 P B 5 (ck)
. .
W h ite now forms the m aj or right oblique aligned

a ppui S ee G ra nd T a ctics p a ge 1 6 7 ”
.
, .
22 . K— K s .
23 .
Q 23 . K— K l .
24 . P— KE G .
W hite now occupies the strategetic O bjective an d ,
est ablish es the gr a nd right oblique en appui This is .
t h e l ogic al culmination of the m ajor a n d minor str a tegic ,
fronts directed b y the right a n d it i s held by this theory ,
th at the gr a n d front al l else being equ al decides p er

, , ,
se,
the v i ctory .
24 . B >< R .
26 . R >< R . 26 . Kt P .
The attention of the re ader is c alled to W hite s pri ’
m ary b ase a n d the e a se w ith which the pieces th at com

,
pose i t after h a ving mutu ally defended e ach other an d

,
their own king throughout the g a me a re now p recipitated ,
in overwhelmin g force a g ainst the objective pl ane .

27 . B — Kt 6 ck
( ) . 27 . K— Q2 .
28 . B 28 . K — K l .
% . B x R R % .
Q — R L
30 . R — Kt 7 . 3 0 Kt — K Kt 1
. .
W hite nnounced checkmate in three moves

n ow a .
Its purest form is as follo w s :

1 . B— Kt 6 (
ek ) , K — B 1; 2 . R K
K1; 3 . R — Q B 7 (dis ck) . M ate .
s a e e s
’
2 4t h m ov e .
FIG . 2 73
( Bl ac k )
Wh i t e ).
Bl ac k to m ov e .

TheGrandTacticsofChessanExpositionoftheLawsandPrinciplesofChessStrategeticsthePr 10018572

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TheGrandTacticsofChessanExpositionoftheLawsandPrinciplesofChessStrategeticsthePr 10018572

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GR AN D T AC T I C S OF C HE S S

T HE PRA C T I CA L APPLI CA TI O N O F THE SE LA W S AN D PRINCI

D EVELO PM EN T M A N(E UVRE AN D O PE RA T I O N

N this v o l um e is presented a complete system of

T h i s system is deduced from the pl a y of the gre a ter

The princi p les which govern these processes are s i m

tion possible on the chess bo ard and g i ven t h e p o i n t s

The chess player w ill ﬁnd this volume a comp a ss

w hich at every move points the true course The the .

orist will ﬁnd it a touchstone whereby the most subtle

come to underst and fro m its p ages why the house of

Mi nor Str at e gi c F ront

THE MO DE L GA ME (C P . . Mor ph y vs . Ju d g e A . B . M e ek ) 451

L O NG ago w hen you w ere

teens a n d fonder by fa r Of the ﬁelds and the daisies

th a n of school books a n d the school room little did

you think in your r a mbles b y hill an d by d ale to

se a rch for the spring from whence ﬂows all human

S t ill less did it occur to yo u during your infrequen t ,

a n d oft times involunt a ry a ttend a nce a t the loc a l em

o ri um of le a rnin g to ma ke such inquiry of t h e vill a ge

H a d you done so it is prob a ble th at he w ould h ave

answered your query in some such way as thi s

r i e n c e — either from your own or from th a t O f others

Then w ith a severe gl ance an d a reproving inﬂection in

his voice he might have continued : P erson al e x pe ri

ence is a h a rd school but fools will le a rn in no other

This of c o urs e i s im p olite on his pa rt an d a s he is a

grown m an an d you a re but a sm all boy the ensuing ,

S itu ation i s for you one of emb a rr a ssment

It wo uld h a ve been kinder h a d he made a s p eciﬁc

nute person ality in the demonstr a tion .

F o r inst a nce he might h a ve told you that from t h e

experiences of p a st generations are derived those facts

upon w hich is f ounded all human kno w ledge an d th at ,

e ach complete series of such f a cts properly cl a ssiﬁed ,

an d arr a nged constitute wh a t is termed a sci e nce

To m a ke this cle a r to you he might h a ve further ex ,

pl ained th at S tra tegetics is the n a me given to the s c ience

the science of S tr ategetics is m a de up of t h e c l as s i ﬁc a

Juli a n Belis a rius Timour G ustavus Adolphus

renne C ond éE ugene Frederick W ashington N apo

leon an d V on Moltke ; an d th a t the knowledge thus

bo dies O f men m ay a ccomplish the overthrow of one or

N ow it is not unre a son able to a ssume th at the ven

e rab l e ped a gogue pl ayed chess or even th at he was ,

a p l ayer of skill a n d possibly of reno w n

c a se he well might continue a little further an d tell ,

W hen the forementioned bodies of men a re re pre

the pl a ce of a m ap, or of a n exp anse of a ctu al country ,

when the calcul ation contempl ates the occupation of

in speciﬁc t i mes a n d when the term ch—ess p lﬂ i s s ub st i

t ut e d f o r the term w a f a r e then th at CH SS k nowledge

derived from the e xp eriences of t h e gre ater chess m a s

ters an d wh i c lr, so fa r a s it is te a ch able is c ont ained i n ,

a systematic classiﬁcation of f a cts logically deduced fro m

donn a is M D o n n e ll C ochr a ne S ta unton Sze n Anders

Klin g St a mm a G reco M ayet Gulli m Kassim H e y

Morphy and upon w hich is based that consider ation

of numbers loc alities a n d dist a nces w hereby in a given

sit uation one or more bodies O f chessmen m ay aecom

pl i s h the overt h ro w of one or more opposing b odies of

w ith entire propriety the S c i en ce of Ch e ss S t r a t eg e t i c s